WO2020021808A1 - Surface inspection device and surface inspection method - Google Patents

Surface inspection device and surface inspection method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020021808A1
WO2020021808A1 PCT/JP2019/017990 JP2019017990W WO2020021808A1 WO 2020021808 A1 WO2020021808 A1 WO 2020021808A1 JP 2019017990 W JP2019017990 W JP 2019017990W WO 2020021808 A1 WO2020021808 A1 WO 2020021808A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
unit
moving
inspection
illumination
imaging
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/017990
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
矢橋 暁
裕之 宮本
山本 直人
吉田 龍一
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to JP2020532169A priority Critical patent/JPWO2020021808A1/en
Publication of WO2020021808A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020021808A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/84Systems specially adapted for particular applications
    • G01N21/88Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method for inspecting a surface state of a surface to be inspected in an object to be inspected.
  • the inspection device disclosed in Patent Literature 1 includes an illumination unit that irradiates a light to be inspected with light whose luminance changes periodically, and an imaging unit that captures an image of the inspection object that is irradiated with the light.
  • An acquisition unit that acquires a periodic luminance change of the image from the captured image, and at least one of an amplitude value, an average value, a lower limit value and a phase value of the acquired luminance change, and an upper limit value and a contrast.
  • a detection unit that detects a defect of the inspection object by using the calculated amplitude value, the average value, the lower limit value and the phase value, and at least one of the upper limit value and the contrast. And parts.
  • the inspection surface is divided into a plurality of regions in order to inspect the entire inspection surface. Then, a method of imaging each region with each of the plurality of imaging units is conceivable. If this technique is used to meet the needs, the number of imaging units increases. For example, if the magnification is doubled, the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, and as a result, the number of regions is quadrupled, and therefore the number of imaging units is quadrupled. Secondly, a method of moving one imaging unit to image each region is also conceivable. In order to meet the above-mentioned needs by this method, the inspection time increases. For example, if the magnification is doubled, the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, so that the number of regions is quadrupled, and therefore the inspection time is quadrupled.
  • the present invention is an invention made in view of the above-described circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection apparatus that can further reduce the number of imaging units and inspection time even when the method of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted. It is to provide a surface inspection method.
  • a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method that reflect one aspect of the present invention are based on an image obtained by irradiating an inspection surface of an inspection object with illumination light and capturing the inspection surface.
  • An apparatus and a method for inspecting the surface condition of the surface to be inspected wherein at least one set of a bright region and a dark region is formed and irradiated as the illumination light, and the image of the surface to be inspected is taken and the image is formed. Is generated, and the object to be inspected, the imaging unit and the illumination unit are relatively moved, and the imaging unit and the illumination unit are relatively moved.
  • Such a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method can further reduce the number of imaging units and the inspection time even when the above-described method of imaging at a higher magnification is employed.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment. It is a figure for explaining the movement operation in the surface inspection device of a 1st embodiment. It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 2nd embodiment. It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 3rd embodiment. It is a figure for explaining movement operation in a surface inspection device of a 3rd embodiment.
  • the surface inspection apparatus is an apparatus that irradiates the inspection surface of the inspection object with illumination light and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface based on an image obtained by capturing the inspection surface, and includes a bright area and An illumination unit that forms at least one set of dark regions and irradiates the illumination light as the illumination light; an imaging unit that captures the inspection surface to generate the image; the inspection object, the imaging unit, and the illumination A moving unit that relatively moves the unit and relatively moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit.
  • a surface inspection device will be more specifically described using the surface inspection devices Da to De according to the first to fifth embodiments.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a light emitting surface in an illumination unit of the surface inspection device.
  • the illumination unit having the light emitting surface shown in FIG. 2 is also used in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De in the second to fifth embodiments described later.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the arrangement of each of a plurality of imaging units in the surface inspection apparatus. Note that a plurality of imaging units in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De of the second to fifth embodiments described below are arranged in the same manner as in FIG.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment. In FIG. 4, each configuration in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De of the second to fifth embodiments described later is also shown by reference numerals in parentheses.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Da includes, for example, one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA (CA) as shown in FIGS. -1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVa, a control processing unit 71a, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an interface unit (IF unit) 74, and a storage unit 75.
  • the illumination unit LP is connected to the control processing unit 71a, and forms at least one set of a bright area BA and a dark area DA on the inspection surface of the inspection object SP as illumination light under the control of the control processing unit 71a. It is a device for irradiation.
  • the illumination unit LP includes two first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 arranged side by side with the imaging unit CA interposed therebetween.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 form, for example, at least one pair of a light source unit that emits light and a light area BA and a dark area DA, and emit light from the light source unit.
  • FIG. 2 shows a plurality of sets of the light area BA and the dark area DA, and four sets in this example.
  • the bright area BA and the dark area DA each have a rectangular shape (linear shape) elongated in one direction, and are arranged so as to be juxtaposed in parallel with each other.
  • the light source unit includes, for example, a white fluorescent lamp and a white LED.
  • the light / dark area forming portion is formed, for example, so as to form a plurality of light shielding members formed in a rectangular shape elongated in one direction in parallel with each other at predetermined intervals to form a dark area DA.
  • a light diffusion sheet (light diffusion plate) is provided.
  • the light and dark area forming unit is configured to include a liquid crystal panel. In such a liquid crystal panel, each pixel is controlled to alternately transmit and block light in a plurality of rectangular shapes that are long in one direction.
  • the imaging unit CA is a device that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and generates an image by capturing an image of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP under the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • the imaging unit CA outputs the generated image (image data) to the control processing unit 71a.
  • the inspection object SP has, for example, a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, and the imaging unit CA is disposed along a predetermined direction on all or a part of the outer surface of the inspection object SP except for the bottom surface. Is more than one. More specifically, the inspection object SP is a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, a top surface, a front surface, a back surface, a right side surface, and a left side surface.
  • the inspection object SP is a vehicle.
  • the imaging unit CA may include, for example, a camera that generates an image in color, and may be configured to have a monochrome image. May be provided with a camera that generates the image data. More specifically, the imaging unit CA is an imaging optical system that forms an optical image of the imaging target on a predetermined imaging surface, the light receiving surface is arranged so as to match the imaging surface, and the imaging target CA A digital camera including an image sensor that converts an optical image into an electric signal, and an image processing unit that generates image data that is data representing the image of the imaging target by performing image processing on an output of the image sensor. .
  • a telephoto lens with a small angle of view, a zoom lens with a small angle of view, or the like is preferable as the imaging optical system in order to improve the resolution of surface inspection.
  • the number of the imaging units CA is appropriately set according to the size (width, area), shape, size of the angle of view, and the distance from the imaging unit CA to the inspection surface of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. Is done.
  • the moving unit MVa relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP. That is, the moving unit MVa treats the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP as one unit when the inspection object SP and the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP are relatively moved, and the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP. When relatively moving the LP, the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are individually handled. In the present embodiment, the moving unit MVa moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP with respect to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection, and moves the illumination unit CA with respect to the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation.
  • the moving unit MVa includes a first lighting moving unit 1a-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to eleventh imaging units.
  • An imaging moving section 3a for integrally moving the sections CA-1 to CA-11 and a second lighting moving section 1a-2 for moving the second lighting section LP-2 are provided. Since the first illumination moving section 1a-1 and the second illumination moving section 1a-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first illumination moving section 1a-1 will be described below.
  • the description of the illumination moving section 1a-2 is omitted, but in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second” and "-2", respectively, to thereby provide the second illumination.
  • the configuration of the moving unit 1a-2 can be described.
  • the first lighting moving section 1a-1 includes first and second bases 11a-1 and 15a-1, first and second standing members 12a-1 and 14a-1, and a beam member. 13a-1, first and second trucks 16a-1 and 17a-1, and first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1.
  • the first base 11a-1, the first standing member 12a-1, the beam member 13a-1, the second standing member 14a-1 and the second base 15a-1 are respectively made of columnar or plate-like members. It is a member that is configured and sequentially fixedly connected (connected) in this order, has a gate shape (substantially U-shaped, approximately C-shaped) in front view, and has a first illumination along the inner wall surface.
  • a second holding member for holding the portion LP-1 is formed. That is, the lower end (one end) of the first standing member 12a-1 is fixedly connected to the first base 11a-1 so as to stand substantially vertically, and the first standing member 12a-1.
  • the first lighting unit LP-1 When the first lighting unit LP-1 is held by the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1, the first lighting unit LP-1 may be provided with one device. May be provided.
  • the first and second bogies 16a-1 and 17a-1 each include a first wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a first axle, and a pair of left and right circular members connected by a second axle. , A holding frame for rotatably holding the first and second wheels spaced apart back and forth, and a speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle).
  • a first base 11a-1 is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the first truck 16a-1, and a second base 15a-1 is fixed to the holding frame of the second truck 17a-1. Fixedly connected.
  • the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 are connected to a control processing unit 71a, respectively, and control the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 17a-1 according to the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • An actuator such as a motor that generates power (driving force, rotational force) for rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
  • the first power source 18a-1 is attached to the holding frame of the first bogie 16a-1 and the first axle (or the first axle (or the second axle) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle).
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the second wheel, thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
  • the second power source 19a-1 is attached to the holding frame of the second bogie 17a-1 and the first axle (or the first axle (or the second axle) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle).
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the second wheel, thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
  • the imaging moving unit 3a includes first and second bases 31a and 35a, first and second standing members 32a and 34a, beam members 33a, first and second carriages 36a and 37a, And second power sources 38a and 39a.
  • the first and second bases 31a and 35a are plate-shaped members, respectively, and the first and second standing members 32a and 34a and the beam member 33a are column-shaped (rod-shaped) members, respectively.
  • the first base 31a, the first standing member 32a, the beam member 33a, the second standing member 34a, and the second base 35a are sequentially fixedly connected (connected) in this order, and the gate is viewed from the front.
  • (Substantially U-shaped, substantially C-shaped) and a plurality of predetermined locations on the first base 31a, the first standing member 32a, the beam member 33a, the second standing portion 34a, and the second base 35a.
  • a first holding member that holds the plurality of imaging units CA is formed.
  • the lower end (one end) of the first standing member 32a is fixedly connected to the first base 31a so as to stand substantially vertically, and the upper end (the other end) of the first standing member 32a.
  • the parts are fixedly connected to the left end (one end) of the beam member 33a so as to be orthogonal to each other.
  • the lower end (one end) of the second standing member 34a is fixedly connected to the second base 35a so as to stand substantially vertically, and the upper end (the other end) of the second standing member 34a.
  • the first imaging unit CA-1 is attached obliquely upward at a first position at the lower end of the first upright member 32a.
  • the second and third imaging units CA-2 and CA-3 are attached to predetermined upper and lower second and third positions, respectively, at a predetermined distance from the center position of the first standing member 32a.
  • a fourth imaging unit CA-4 is attached obliquely downward at a fourth position at the upper end, and a sixth imaging unit CA-6 is attached at a sixth position at the center of the beam member 33a.
  • Fifth and seventh imaging units CA-5 and CA-7 are respectively attached to the left and right fifth and seventh positions spaced apart from the center position by a predetermined distance, respectively.
  • the portion CA-11 is mounted obliquely upward, and the ninth and tenth imaging units CA are respectively located at predetermined ninth and tenth positions above and below a predetermined distance from the center position of the second upright member 34a. -9 and CA-10 are attached, and an eighth imaging unit CA-8 is attached obliquely downward at an eighth position of the upper end of the second standing member 34a.
  • the first and second bogies 36a and 37a each include a first wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a first axle, and a second wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a second axle.
  • the vehicle includes a wheel, a holding frame that rotatably holds the first and second wheels at an interval in the front-rear direction, and a speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle).
  • a first base 31a is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the first carriage 36a
  • a second base 35a is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the second carriage 37a.
  • the first and second power sources 38a and 39a are connected to a control processing unit 71a, respectively, and drive (drive force, rotation) for rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel) under the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • Force for example, an actuator such as a motor.
  • the first power source 38a is attached to the holding frame of the first bogie 36a and the first axle (or the second wheel) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). ), Thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
  • the second power source 39a is attached to the holding frame of the second bogie 37a and the first axle (or the second wheel) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). ), Thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
  • the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 having such a configuration are sequentially arranged in this order. That is, the imaging moving unit 3a is arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2.
  • the lengths of the beam member 13a-1 of the first illumination moving section 1a-1, the beam member 33a of the imaging moving section 3a, and the beam member 13a-2 of the second illumination moving section 1a-2 are The first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-1 in the first moving unit 1a-1, the first and second wheels of the first truck 36a in the imaging moving unit 31a, and the second moving of the truck.
  • the first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-2 in the unit 1a-2 are aligned with each other, and the first and second wheels of the second truck 17a-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1a-1.
  • the wheels, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37a in the imaging moving section 31a, and the first and second wheels of the second carriage 17a-2 in the second lighting moving section 1a-2 are the same as each other. Adjusted to line up on the line
  • a guide member for guiding the movement is arranged.
  • the guide member includes first and second carriages 16a-1 and 17a-1 of the first illumination moving section 1a-1, and first and second carriages 36a and 37a of the imaging moving section 3a. And a pair of left and right first and second guide members 51a and 52a for guiding the first and second carriages 16a-2 and 17a-2 of the second illumination moving section 1a-2, respectively.
  • the first guide member 51a includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 that are long in a predetermined moving direction, and the first and second guide rails 51a-1. , 51a-2 are laid at the inspection place so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval.
  • the second guide member 52a includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 that are long in the moving direction.
  • the second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 are laid at the inspection place so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval.
  • the first and second guide members 51a and 52a are formed by the beam member 13a-1 of the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the beam member 33a of the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. Of the beam members 13a-2 are juxtaposed in parallel with an interval corresponding to each length.
  • the first lighting moving section 1a-1, the imaging moving section 3a, and the second lighting moving section 1a-2 are provided by the first and second carriages 16a-1 of the first lighting moving section 1a-1.
  • the wheels, the first and second wheels of the first truck 36a in the imaging moving unit 3a, and the first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-2 in the second lighting moving unit 1a-2 are respectively the first and second wheels.
  • the first guide member 51a is placed on the first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 and guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 of the first guide member 51a.
  • the first and second wheels of the second carriage 17a-1 in the first lighting moving section 1a-1, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37a in the imaging moving section 3a, and the second lighting In the moving unit 1a-2 The first and second wheels of the two carriages 17a-2 are respectively mounted on the first and second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 of the second guide member 52a, and the first and second wheels of the second guide member 52a are respectively mounted. It is arranged so as to be guided (guided) by the two guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 is activated.
  • Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) via each of the speed reducers of the first and second bogies 16a-1 and 17a-1, and the first and second bogies 16a-
  • Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the wheels 1 and 17a-1 rotates, and the first and second wheels of the first and second trucks 16a-1 and 17a-1 are respectively the first and second wheels.
  • the second guide members 51a, 52a are guided by the first and second guide rails 51a-1, 51a-2; 52a-1, 52a-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51a, 52a.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA (the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the present embodiment) held by the imaging moving unit 3a are controlled by the control processing unit 71a.
  • the two power sources 38a, 39a operate synchronously, their respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective reduction gears of the first and second carriages 36a, 37a.
  • Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the first and second bogies 36a, 37a rotates, and each of the first and second wheels of the first and second bogies 36a, 37a becomes the first wheel.
  • the second guide members 51a, 52a are guided by the first and second guide rails 51a-1, 51a-2; 52a-1, 52a-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51a, 52a.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 is synchronized with the first and second power sources 18a-2 and 19a-2 by the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • the respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective speed reducers of the first and second bogies 16a-2 and 17a-2, and the first and second wheels are transmitted.
  • Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the carts 16a-2 and 17a-2 rotates, and each of the first and second wheels of the first and second carts 16a-2 and 17a-2 respectively.
  • the illumination unit LP is a plurality of illumination units LP arranged at a predetermined distance along the moving direction of the moving unit MVa, in this example, two first and second illumination units LP-1. , LP-2.
  • Each of the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 sequentially forms a plurality of sets of a light area BA and a dark area DA along the moving direction of the moving unit MVa and irradiates them as illumination light. I do.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are arranged in an intersecting direction that intersects the moving direction of the moving unit MVa, in this example, an orthogonal direction.
  • an input unit 72 is connected to the control processing unit 71a, and is necessary for performing various inspections such as a command for instructing the start of an inspection and the inspection such as a name of the inspection object SP, for example.
  • This is a device for inputting various data to the surface inspection device Da, and is, for example, a plurality of input switches to which predetermined functions are assigned, a keyboard, a mouse, and the like.
  • the output unit 73 is a device that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and outputs a command or data input from the input unit 72 and a detection result obtained by the surface inspection device Da according to the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • display devices such as LCDs (Liquid Crystal Display Devices) and organic EL displays, and printing devices such as printers.
  • the touch panel may include the input unit 72 and the output unit 73.
  • the input unit 72 is a position input device for detecting and inputting an operation position of, for example, a resistive type or a capacitive type
  • the output unit 73 is a display device.
  • a position input device is provided on the display surface of the display device, one or more candidates for input content that can be input to the display device are displayed, and the user touches a display position where the input content desired to be input is displayed. Then, the position is detected by the position input device, and the display content displayed at the detected position is input to the surface inspection device Da as the operation input content of the user.
  • the user can easily and intuitively understand the input operation, so that the surface inspection device Da that is easy for the user to handle is provided.
  • the IF unit 74 is a circuit that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and that inputs and outputs data to and from external devices under the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • an interface circuit of an RS-232C serial communication system is used.
  • An interface circuit using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard is used.
  • An interface circuit for performing infrared communication such as the IrDA (Infrared Data Association) standard
  • an interface circuit using the USB (Universal Serial Bus) standard Universal Serial Bus
  • the IF unit 74 is a circuit that performs communication with an external device, and may be, for example, a data communication card, a communication interface circuit that conforms to the IEEE 802.11 standard, or the like.
  • the storage unit 75 is a circuit that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and stores various predetermined programs and various predetermined data under the control of the control processing unit 71a.
  • the various predetermined programs include a control program, a movement control program, an inspection processing program, and the like.
  • the control program is a program for controlling each unit LP, CA, 72 to 74 of the surface inspection apparatus Da according to the function of each unit.
  • the movement control program is a program for controlling the movement operation of the movement unit MVa.
  • the inspection processing program is a program for inspecting the surface condition of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP based on the image generated by the imaging unit CA.
  • the various types of predetermined data include, for example, data necessary for executing each program, such as the name of the inspection object SP.
  • the storage unit 75 includes, for example, a ROM (Read Only Memory) that is a nonvolatile storage element, an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) that is a rewritable nonvolatile storage element, and the like.
  • the storage unit 75 includes a RAM (Random Access Memory) serving as a working memory of a so-called control processing unit 71a that stores data and the like generated during execution of the predetermined program.
  • the control processing unit 71a controls the respective units LP, CA, MVa, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Da according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is.
  • the control processing unit 71a includes, for example, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and its peripheral circuits.
  • the control processing unit 71a functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712a, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
  • the control unit 711 controls each unit LP, CA, 72 to 75 of the surface inspection device Da according to the function of each unit, and controls the entire surface inspection device Da.
  • the movement control unit 712a includes first and second power sources 38a that generate first power for moving the first holding members 31a to 35a that hold the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. , 39a to move the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1; 11a-2 to 15a-2 holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively.
  • the first and second power sources 18a-1, 19a-1; 18a-2, 19a-2 that generate the second power the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-1 to the inspection object SP are controlled.
  • CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first position.
  • the second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 As it is moved in the one direction along the moving direction, and controls the movement of the movable portion MVa. Since the inspection surface of the inspection object SP has a larger area than the imaging range of the imaging unit CA, in the present embodiment, the inspection surface has a plurality of inspections different from each other along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. A plurality of inspection areas;
  • the movement control unit 712a controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 with respect to the inspection object SP by using the imaging movement unit 3a and the first imaging unit.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved to the first and second illumination moving units 1a- with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 stopped so as to capture images. 1, 1a-2.
  • the movement unit MVa performs a movement operation as described later.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 is a program that inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP based on the image generated by the imaging unit CA.
  • the plurality of images are obtained by imaging each of the inspected surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of mutually different incident angles with respect to the inspected surface at mutually different timings.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are covered with illumination light in which the bright area BA and the dark area DA are alternately repeated.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 calculates the difference between the profiles, and makes a determination by comparing the calculated difference with, for example, a predetermined threshold value. Thereby, the inspection processing unit 713 inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP.
  • the defect changes its reflection direction and reflectivity according to the presence or absence of the defect.
  • the defect is a concave portion or a convex portion formed on the surface.
  • the defect is a painting defect including irregularities on the painted surface, which are so-called “bud”, “drip”, “repelling” and the like.
  • the inspection object SP is not particularly limited as long as it can cause the defect, and is, for example, a vehicle body.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5A is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the first first inspection region
  • FIG. 5B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection region.
  • FIG. 5C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case
  • FIG. 5C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the next second inspection region.
  • FIG. FIG. 5E is a diagram for describing a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG.
  • FIG. 5E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the last L-th inspection region.
  • FIG. 5F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
  • FIG. 5 is also a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection apparatus of the second embodiment, as will be understood from the description below.
  • the control processing unit 71a functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712a, and the inspection processing unit 713.
  • FIG. 5 for convenience of explanation, the illustration of the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 is omitted.
  • the imaging unit CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 are schematically illustrated. In the following description, each movement of the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 will be described.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 is held by the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, and the first illumination unit LP-1
  • the imaging unit CA is moved by the movement of the movement unit 1a-1
  • the imaging unit CA is held by the imaging movement unit 3a, moves by the movement of the imaging movement unit 3a
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 is moved by the second illumination. It is held by the unit 1a-2 and moves by the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1a-2.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP is wider than the imaging range (angle of view) that can be imaged by one imaging unit CA.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP has a plurality of inspection areas (first to L-th inspection areas, where L is the same as the inspection area) that can be imaged by one imaging unit CA along the movement direction. (An integer of 2 or more).
  • L is the same as the inspection area
  • the measured object SP has a posture error when placed in the inspection area, but the posture of the measured object SP is detected by another imaging device and a distance sensor (not shown), Is correctly corrected with respect to the imaging unit CA.
  • the predetermined moving direction is, for example, the horizontal direction on the paper, one direction in the moving direction is a direction from left to right on the paper, and the opposite direction in the moving direction is left to right on the paper. Direction. The same applies to FIG. 8 described later.
  • the movement control unit 712a of the control processing unit 71a determines that the plurality of imaging units CA
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively moved to the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1- so as to image the surface. 3 is moved in one direction along the moving direction by the first lighting moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second lighting moving unit 1a-2.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP-1, The plurality of imaging units CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 move in one direction along the moving direction.
  • the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA are arranged.
  • the twelfth position Pa1-2 is a position in the contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the second lighting moving unit 1a-2 or the second lighting movement.
  • the position is closer to the portion 1a-2.
  • the twelfth position Pa1-2 which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the first lighting moving unit 1a-1, or a first lighting position. The position may be closer to the moving unit 1a-1 side.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the movement control unit 712a controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively.
  • the first lighting moving part 1a-1 and the second lighting moving part 1a- 2 moves in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA.
  • the eleventh position Pa1-1, the fourteenth position Pa1-4, the twelfth position Pa1-2, the thirteenth position Pa1-3, and the sixteenth position Pa1-6 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction.
  • the twelfth position Pa1-2 which is arranged along one direction and is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is such that the imaging moving unit 3a abuts on the first illumination moving unit 1a-1. In the abutted state or a position closer to the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 side.
  • the twelfth position Pa1-2 which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is the position in the contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 or the twelfth position Pa1-2.
  • the twelfth position Pa1-2 which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is determined by the imaging moving unit 3a being the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. Or the position close to the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 side.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 is supplied to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 moves in the opposite direction to the one direction at the same moving speed along the moving direction.
  • the control processing unit 71a outputs the first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71a.
  • the movement control unit 712a performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described using FIG. 5A.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively positioned at the 21st position such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection region.
  • the first moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second moving unit 1a-2 move to Pa2-1, the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the 23rd position Pa2-3, respectively.
  • the twenty-first position Pa2-1, the twenty-second position Pa2-2, and the twenty-third position Pa2-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in one direction in the same manner as described above.
  • the 22nd position Pa2-2 that is the position of the imaging unit CA is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. This is a position closer to the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 side.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twenty-second position Pa2-2, and the movement control unit 712a outputs the first illumination.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively illuminated from the 21st position Pa2-1 and the 23rd position Pa2-3 to the 24th position Pa2-4 and the 26th position Pa2-6, respectively.
  • the first moving unit 1a-1 and the second illuminating moving unit 1a-2 move in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed.
  • the 21st position Pa2-1, the 24th position Pa2-4, the 22nd position Pa2-2, the 23rd position Pa2-3, and the 26th position Pa2-6 are sequentially in this order in the moving direction.
  • the 22nd position Pa2-2 that is arranged along one direction and is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA is such that the imaging moving unit 3a abuts on the first illumination moving unit 1a-1. In the abutted state or a position closer to the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 side.
  • the control processing unit 71a sends a first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71a, respectively.
  • FIG. 5E and FIG. 5F the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B are described until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
  • Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed.
  • the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region.
  • the surface condition of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 may output the inspection result from the IF unit 74 to an external device as needed.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 collects and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface in each inspection region after obtaining a plurality of images for the inspection surface in each inspection region. After each of the above-described moving operations and the respective moving operations described above with reference to FIG. 5B are performed and a plurality of images on the inspection surface of the inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 Then, the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A may be executed in order to inspect the surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection region and then inspect the inspection surface in the next inspection region. Alternatively, after a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the inspection area are obtained, each of the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 5A and the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 5B is performed. The inspection processing unit 713 may execute the moving operation, and may inspect the surface state of the inspection target surface in the inspection area.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method mounted thereon include the moving unit MVa that relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP. Even if there are a plurality of imaging units CA in the cross direction intersecting the moving direction, in this embodiment, eleven first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11, the number of the imaging units CA in the moving direction Need not be increased, the number of imaging units CA can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units CA in the cross direction. Therefore, the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method can further reduce the number of the imaging units CA and the inspection time even if the above-described technique of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted.
  • the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, so that the number of inspection areas is quadrupled. Therefore, conventionally, the number of imaging units is quadrupled or the inspection time is reduced. Is quadrupled.
  • the magnification is doubled, the number of imaging units CA is doubled and the inspection time is doubled.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method can easily integrate the imaging unit CA even if the first holding members 31a to 35a holding the imaging unit CA are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 38a and 39a. And the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1 holding the first illumination unit LP-1 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1, and the first illumination is performed.
  • the unit LP-1 can be easily and integrally moved, and the second holding members 11a-2 to 15a-2 for holding the second illumination unit LP-2 are connected to the first and second power sources 18a-2 and 19a-2.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 can be easily and integrally moved even when moved by power.
  • the eleventh to eleventh eleventh to surround all or a part of the outer surface of the inspection object SP, more specifically, the left side surface, the upper surface and the right side surface of the vehicle SP.
  • the first holding members 31a to 35a can be moved by the first and second power sources.
  • the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 can be easily and integrally moved even when moved by the power of the sources 38a and 39a, and the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1; Even if 2 to 15a-2 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18a-1, 19a-1; 18a-2, 19a-2, the first and second lighting units LP-1, LP-2 are moved. Can be easily and integrally moved.
  • the imaging moving unit 3a includes the first and second power sources 38a and 39a
  • the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 includes the first and second power sources 18a-1.
  • 19a-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 includes the first and second power sources 18a-2, 19a-2, so that the imaging unit CA, the first illumination unit LP-1, The two lighting units LP-2 can be handled individually.
  • the member that moves during the movement moves only in one direction, and can move stably.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the second embodiment.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 are individually provided with the first and second guide members 51a. , 52a, and moved.
  • the imaging moving unit 3b is guided by the first and second guide members 51b, 52b to move the first and second illuminations.
  • the sections 1b-1 and 1b-2 are individually guided by third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b provided in the imaging moving section 3b.
  • the surface inspection device Db according to the second embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVb, a control processing unit 71b, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75.
  • the illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Db according to the second embodiment are respectively illuminated units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment.
  • the LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the moving unit MVb relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there. Also in the second embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the moving unit MVb moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP relative to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection, and the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation. To move the illumination unit CA.
  • the moving unit MVb includes a first lighting moving unit 1b-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to eleventh imaging units.
  • the imaging unit includes an imaging moving unit 3b that integrally moves the units CA-1 to CA-11, and a second illumination moving unit 1b-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2. Since the first lighting moving section 1b-1 and the second lighting moving section 1b-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first lighting moving section 1b-1 will be described below, and the second The description of the illumination moving section 1b-2 is omitted, but in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second" and "-2", respectively, to thereby provide the second illumination.
  • the configuration of the moving unit 1b-2 can be described.
  • the imaging moving unit 3b includes first and second bases 31b and 35b, first and second standing members 32b and 34b, beam members 33b, first and second carriages 36b and 37b, And second power sources 38b and 39b.
  • the first and second power sources 38b and 39b respectively include first and second bases 31b and 35b on which the first and second lighting moving parts 1b-1 and 1b-2 are mounted, respectively,
  • the first and second bases 31a, 35a, the first and second stands in the imaging moving section 3a of the first embodiment except that the first and second bases have a size (size, area) that can be moved by a predetermined moving distance. Since these are the same as the installation members 32a and 34a, the beam member 33a, the first and second carriages 36a and 37a, and the first and second power sources 38a and 39a, the description thereof is omitted.
  • the first illumination moving section 1b-1 includes first and second bases 11b-1 and 15b-1, first and second standing members 12b-1 and 14b-1, and a beam member 13b-1. , First and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1, and first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1.
  • the member 13b-1 is the first and second bases 11a-1 and 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1 and 12a-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 of the first embodiment, respectively. Since it is the same as 14a-1 and the beam member 13a-1, the description is omitted.
  • Each of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 is a mechanical element that converts a rotational force (rotational motion) into a linear motion.
  • the first base 11b-1 is fixedly connected to the nut of the first ball screw 16b-1, and the second base 15b-1 is fixed to the nut of the second ball screw 17b-1.
  • the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 are connected to the control processing unit 71b, respectively, and respectively control the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 according to the control of the control processing unit 71b.
  • An actuator such as a motor that generates power (driving force, rotational force) for rotating the screw shaft.
  • the first power source 18b-1 is attached to the holding frame of the first ball screw 16b-1, transmits torque to the screw shaft, and thereby rotates the screw shaft.
  • the second power source 19b-1 is attached to the holding frame of the second ball screw 17b-1, transmits torque to the screw shaft, and thereby rotates the screw shaft.
  • first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 each further include a speed reducer, and the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 respectively operate via the speed reducers.
  • Each rotational force may be transmitted to each screw shaft of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1.
  • the first and second guide members 51b and 52b similar to the first and second guide members 51a and 52a in the first embodiment are arranged at the inspection place.
  • the imaging moving unit 3b is configured such that the first and second wheels of the first bogie 36b are placed on the first and second guide rails 51b-1 and 51b-2 of the first guide member 51b, respectively. Guided by the first and second guide rails 51b-1 and 51b-2 of the member 51b, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37b in the imaging moving unit 3b are respectively connected to the second guide member 52b. Arranged so as to be placed on the first and second guide rails 52b-1 and 52b-2 and guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 52b-1 and 52b-2 of the second guide member 52b. Is done.
  • a guide member that guides relative movement between the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP is disposed on each of the first and second bases 31b and 35b in the imaging moving unit 3b.
  • the guide member includes first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 of the first lighting moving section 1b-1 and first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 of the second lighting moving section 1b-2.
  • a pair of left and right third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b are provided to guide the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b-2, respectively.
  • the third guide member 53b includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2 that are long in the moving direction, and the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2 are laid on the first base 31b of the imaging moving unit 3b so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval.
  • the fourth guide member 54b includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 that are long in the movement direction.
  • the second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 are laid on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval.
  • the first moving part for illumination 1b-1 is disposed on the first base 31b of the moving part for imaging 3b, and the third guide member 53b is connected via the nut of the first ball screw 16b-1. Are guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2. Similarly, the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b are fitted into the nuts of the second ball screw 17b-1 of the first lighting moving section 1b-1. Two recesses are formed. On the front side of the first holding members 31b to 35b holding the plurality of imaging units CA, the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 fit into the two recesses, respectively.
  • the nut is engaged with the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2, and the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 is disposed on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b. It is guided by the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b via the nut of the second ball screw 17b-1.
  • first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b are fitted into the nuts of the second ball screw 17b-2 of the second illumination moving section 1b-2. Two recesses are formed. The first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 are fitted into these two recesses on the rear side of the first holding members 31b to 35b holding the plurality of imaging units CA. Then, the nut is engaged with the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2, and the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 is disposed on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b. It is guided by the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b via the nut of the second ball screw 17b-2.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b are arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 is activated.
  • Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the screw shafts of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1, and each of the screw shafts rotates, and the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b- are rotated.
  • the first and second nuts are respectively guided by the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2; 54b-1, 54b-2 of the third and fourth guide members 53b, 54b, and the third and fourth guides are provided. It moves along the members 53b and 54b.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3b in front of the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA (the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the present embodiment) held by the imaging moving unit 3b are controlled by the control processing unit 71b to control the first and second power sources.
  • the respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective speed reducers of the first and second bogies 36b and 37b, and And the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the second carts 36b and 37b rotate, and the first and second wheels of the first and second carts 36b and 37b respectively become first and second wheels.
  • the guide members 51b, 52b are guided by the first and second guide rails 51b-1, 51b-2; 52b-1, 52b-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51b, 52b.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 is activated.
  • Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the screw shafts of the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b-2, and each of the screw shafts rotates, and the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b- are rotated.
  • 2 are respectively guided by the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2; 54b-1, 54b-2 of the third and fourth guide members 53b, 54b, and the third and fourth guides are provided. It moves along the members 53b and 54b. That is, the second illumination unit LP-2 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3b behind the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b.
  • the control processing unit 71b controls each of the units LP, CA, MVb, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Db according to the function of each unit, and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. It is.
  • the control processing unit 71b includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits.
  • the control processing unit 71b functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712b, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
  • the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71b of the second embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
  • the movement control unit 712b includes first and second power sources 38b that generate first power for moving the first holding members 31b to 35b that hold the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. , 39b to move the second holding members 11b-1 to 15b-1; 11b-2 to 15b-2 for holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively.
  • the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1; 18b-2 and 19b-2 for generating the second power the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-1 to the inspection object SP are controlled.
  • CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first position.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712b controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 for the inspection object SP via the imaging movement unit 3a.
  • the first to eleventh imaging units CA- are moved so as to be sequentially positioned in the plurality of inspection areas, and stopped in each of the plurality of inspection areas so as to image the inspection area in the inspection object SP.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved via the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 with respect to 1 to CA-11. Under the control of the movement control unit 712b, the movement unit MVb performs a movement operation as described later.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Db having such a configuration executes initialization of necessary units and starts its operation.
  • the control processing unit 71b functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712b, and the inspection processing unit 713.
  • the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1, 1b-2 and the imaging moving unit 3b operate as follows, and the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 operate as follows.
  • the illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 and the plurality of imaging units CA move in the same manner as in the first embodiment described with reference to FIG.
  • the movement control unit 712b of the control processing unit 71b controls the plurality of imaging units CA to image the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region.
  • the first illuminator LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illuminator LP-2 are firstly illuminated at the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1-3, respectively.
  • the moving unit 1a-1, the moving unit 3a for imaging, and the moving unit 1a-2 for second illumination move in one direction along the moving direction.
  • the movement control unit 712b moves the plurality of imaging units CA to the twelfth position Pa1-2 so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region. Move by. Since the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 are arranged in the imaging moving unit 3b, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA and the second The two illumination units LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction with respect to the inspection object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712b controls the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 as shown in FIG. 5A. , And moved to the eleventh and thirteenth positions Pa1-1 and Pa1-3 by the first and second illumination moving parts 1b-1 and 1b-2, respectively.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the movement control unit 712b controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71b transmits the first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings.
  • a plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71b.
  • the movement control unit 712b performs the same
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively positioned at the 21st position such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection region.
  • the first moving unit 1b-1, the imaging moving unit 3b, and the second moving unit 1b-2 move to Pa2-1, the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the 23rd position Pa2-3, respectively.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the movement control unit 712b performs the first illumination.
  • the unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved for imaging from the 21st position Pa2-1 and the 23rd position Pa2-3 to the 24th position Pa2-4 and the 26th position Pa2-6, respectively.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 each move at the same speed with the same moving speed. It moves in one direction along the moving direction.
  • the control processing unit 71b transmits the first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71b, respectively.
  • FIG. 5E and FIG. 5F the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B are described until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
  • Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed.
  • the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71b subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region.
  • the surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Db according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
  • the surface inspection device Db and the surface inspection method are the same as the surface inspection device Da and the surface inspection method in the first embodiment, and the first holding member 31b that holds the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11.
  • the imaging unit CA can be easily and integrally moved even when the moving unit 35b is moved by the power of the first and second power sources 38b and 39b, and the second holding member 11b-1 to hold the first lighting unit LP-1. Even if 15b-1 is moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1, the first lighting unit LP-1 can be easily and integrally moved, and the second lighting unit LP-2 is held. Even if the second holding members 11b-2 to 15b-2 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18b-2 and 19b-2, the second illumination unit LP-2 can be easily and integrally moved.
  • the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 are mounted on the imaging moving unit 3b.
  • the part LP can be easily moved.
  • the imaging moving unit 3a includes the first and second power sources 38a and 39a
  • the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 includes the first and second power sources 18a-1.
  • 19a-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 includes the first and second power sources 18a-2, 19a-2, so that the moving operation of the imaging unit CA and the first and second illumination units LP -1 and LP-2 can be independent of each other.
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the third embodiment.
  • the illumination moving units 1a and 1b and the imaging driving units 3a and 3b are individually powered by power sources 18a, 19a, 18b, and 19b; , 38b, and 39b
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the third embodiment is different from the illumination moving unit 1c in that the illumination moving unit 1c includes a power source and the imaging moving unit 3c does not include a power source. It moves together with the movement.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dc includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVc, a control processing unit 71c, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75.
  • the illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Dc according to the third embodiment are respectively the illumination units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment.
  • the LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the moving unit MVc relatively moves the object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there. Also in the third embodiment, the moving unit MVc moves the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP relative to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection as in the first embodiment, and the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation. To move the illumination unit CA.
  • the moving unit MVc includes a first lighting moving unit 1c-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to fifth imaging units.
  • An imaging moving unit 3c that integrally moves the units CA-1 to CA-5 and a second illumination moving unit 1c-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2 are provided.
  • the first moving unit for illumination 1c-1, the moving unit for imaging 3c, and the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2 in the third embodiment measure the moving unit for imaging 3c and the moving unit for imaging 3c, respectively. Except that the first moving unit for illumination 1c-1 located rearward in the moving direction in the above further includes a first tailgating member for entraining, and the moving unit for imaging 3c does not include a power source. This is the same as the first moving unit for illumination 1a-1, the moving unit for imaging 3a, and the second moving unit for illumination 1a-2 in one embodiment.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 located rearward of the imaging moving unit 3c in the movement direction at the time of the return are the second moving unit 1c-2.
  • a tailgating member is further provided.
  • the first lighting moving section 1c-1 includes first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1, first and second standing members 12c-1 and 14c-1, It includes a beam member 13c-1, first and second carriages 16c-1 and 17c-1, first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1, and a first lighting-side entrainment member 21-1.
  • the first and second carts 16c-1 and 17c-1, and the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1 are respectively the first lighting moving unit 1a- of the first embodiment.
  • the second illumination moving section 1c-2 includes first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2, first and second standing members 12c-2 and 14c-2, and a beam member 13c-2.
  • -2, the first and second carriages 16c-2 and 17c-2, and the first and second power sources 18c-2 and 19c-2 are respectively the first lighting moving unit 1a- of the first embodiment.
  • the first and second bases 11a-1, 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1, 14a-1, the beam member 13a-1, the first and second carriages 16a-1, 17a. -1, and the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 are not described here.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c includes first and second bases 31c and 35c, first and second standing members 32c and 34c, beam members 33c, first and second carriages 36c and 37c, And the second imaging side tailgating members 21-2 and 22-2.
  • the first and second bases 31c and 35c, the first and second standing members 32c and 34c, the beam member 33c, and the first and second carriages 36c and 37c in the imaging moving unit 3c according to the third embodiment. Are the first and second bases 31a and 35a, the first and second standing members 32a and 34a, the beam members 33a, and the first and second carriages, respectively, in the imaging moving unit 3a of the first embodiment. Since they are the same as 36a and 37a, description thereof is omitted.
  • first and second guide members 51c and 52c similar to the first and second guide members 51a and 52a in the first embodiment are arranged.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 sequentially form the first and second guide members 51c in this order, as in the first embodiment. 52c. Therefore, the imaging moving unit 3c is arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1c-1 and 1c-2.
  • the first tailgating member is a member that moves the imaging unit CA with the movement of the illumination unit LP when the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are moved relative to the inspection object SP by measurement.
  • the embodiment includes the above-described first illumination side tailgating member 21-1 and the first imaging side tailgating member 21-2.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 moves, the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is moved to the imaging moving unit 3c in a partial area (partial area).
  • the imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 in the partial area. Move with the movement of the first illumination moving section 1c-1.
  • the first illumination side tailgating member 21-1 is engaged with the first imaging side tailgating member 21-2 provided in the partial area of the first illumination moving part 1c-1 that abuts.
  • a pressing member first pressing member
  • the first imaging-side tailgating member 21-2 is an engagement member that is provided in the partial area of the abutting imaging movement unit 3c and that engages with the first illumination-side tailgating member 21-1. It is a pressing member (first pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like.
  • the partial area of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 that is in contact with, for example, each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1 on the imaging moving unit 3c side, and the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1.
  • the side surfaces of the second upright members 12c-1 and 14c-1 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c, etc., and accordingly, the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is, for example, the first region.
  • each side surface of the second base 31c, 35c on the first lighting moving portion 1c-1 side, and each side surface of the first and second standing members 32c, 34c on the first lighting moving portion 1c-1 side It is. In FIG.
  • the partial area of the first lighting moving unit 1c-1 that is in contact with the first moving unit 1c-1 is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1 on the imaging moving unit 3c side.
  • An example is shown in which the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is provided on each side of the first and second bases 31c and 35c on the side of the first lighting moving unit 1c-1.
  • an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 11c-1 in order to form the partial area of the first lighting moving section 1c-1 that is in contact with the first base 11c-1.
  • the front end surface is the partial area of the first lighting moving section 1c-1 to be in contact with, and low resilience may be adhered to the front end surface of the L-shaped member.
  • an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 31c, and the distal end surface of the L-shaped member is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit. 3c, the low-resilience may be attached to the tip surface of the L-shaped member.
  • the second tailgating member is a member that moves the imaging unit CA with the movement of the illumination unit LP when the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are moved with respect to the inspection object SP by return.
  • the above-described second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1 and the second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 are provided.
  • the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 moves, the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 is moved to the imaging moving unit 3c in a partial area (a part thereof).
  • the imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 in the partial area, It moves with the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2.
  • the second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1 is engaged with the second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 provided in the partial area of the abutting second illumination moving unit 1c-2.
  • a pressing member (second pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like.
  • the second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 is an engagement member that is provided in the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c and that engages with the second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1.
  • This is a pressing member (second pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like.
  • the partial area of the abutting second illumination moving unit 1c-2 may be, for example, each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2 on the imaging moving unit 3c side, and the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2.
  • the side surfaces of the second upright members 12c-2 and 14c-2 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c, etc., and accordingly, the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is, for example, the first region.
  • the partial area of the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2 which is in contact with the second moving unit 1c-2, is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c.
  • An example is shown in which the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 31c and 35c on the side of the second lighting moving unit 1c-2.
  • an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 11c-2 in order to form the partial area of the second illumination moving section 1c-2 that is in contact with the first base 11c-2.
  • the front end surface is the partial area of the second lighting moving section 1c-2 that is in contact with the light source, and a low resilience rubber or the like may be attached to the front end surface of the L-shaped member.
  • a low resilience rubber or the like may be attached to the front end surface of the L-shaped member.
  • an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 31c in order to form the partial area of the imaging moving section 3c that is in contact with the first base 31c.
  • a low resilience rubber or the like may be affixed to the distal end surface of the L-shaped member as the partial area of the moving portion 3c.
  • the first lighting unit LP-1 held by the first lighting moving unit 1c-1 operates.
  • the first and second carriages 16c-1 and 17c-1 are guided by the first and second guide members 51c and 52c, respectively, and along the first and second guide members 51c and 52c. Moving.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 that holds the first illumination unit LP-1 moves, the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is moved by the first illumination side accompanying member 21-1 to the imaging moving unit.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c holding the plurality of imaging units CA is brought into contact with the imaging unit 3c. Is pushed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 by the first imaging side trailing member 21-2, and is moved to the first and second guide members 51c and 52c by the movement of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1. Move along.
  • the first and second power sources 18c-2 and 19c-2 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71c
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 operates.
  • the first and second carriages 16c-2, 17c-2 are guided by the first and second guide members 51c, 52c, respectively, and are guided along the first and second guide members 51c, 52c. Moving.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are turned off.
  • the first and second illumination moving sections 1c-1 and 1c-2, the first and second directions are reversed (reverse directions) opposite to one direction (forward direction) in the measurement in the moving direction. It is guided by the guide members 51c and 52c, and moves along the first and second guide members 51c and 52c.
  • the second illumination moving section 1c-2 holding the second illumination section LP-2 moves in the opposite direction of the moving direction, the second illumination moving section 1c-2 is moved by the second illumination side accompanying member 22.
  • the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2 further abuts on the imaging moving unit 3c with the second imaging side trailing member 22-2, and in this abutting state, the plurality of imaging units CA are moved.
  • the held imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 by the second imaging side tailoring member 22-2, and the first and the second moving units 1c-2 are moved with the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2. It moves along the second guide members 51c and 52c.
  • the control processing unit 71c controls the respective units LP, CA, MVc, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is.
  • the control processing unit 71c includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits.
  • the control processing unit 71c functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712c, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
  • the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71c of the third embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
  • the movement control unit 712c is a power for moving the second holding members 11c-1 to 15c-1; 11c-2 to 15c-2 holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively.
  • the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1; and 18c-2 and 19c-2 By controlling the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1; and 18c-2 and 19c-2, the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA- 11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first and the first imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2.
  • the moving operation of the moving unit MVc is controlled such that the lighting units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in the one direction along the moving direction and the other direction opposite to the one direction along the moving direction.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712c controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 for the inspection object SP and the imaging movement unit 3a and the first. And moving in the one direction along the moving direction so as to be sequentially located in each of the plurality of inspection areas via the second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are provided to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 stopped so as to image the inspection area on the inspection object SP.
  • the inspection object SP is moved in the other direction opposite to the one direction along the movement direction via the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712c, the movement unit MVc performs a movement operation as described later.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 8A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection apparatus Dc is moved to the first first inspection area, and FIG. 8B generates a plurality of images used for the inspection of the first inspection area.
  • 8C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 8C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the next second inspection area.
  • FIG. FIG. 8E is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG. 8E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the last L-th inspection region.
  • FIG. 8F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dc having such a configuration executes initialization of necessary units and starts its operation.
  • a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712c, and an inspection processing unit 713 are functionally configured in the control processing unit 71c.
  • the movement control unit 712c of the control processing unit 71c determines, as shown in FIG.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively moved to the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the thirteenth position Pc1- so as to image the surface. 3 is moved in one direction (forward direction) along the moving direction by the first lighting moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second lighting moving unit 1c-2.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c does not include a power source, and therefore, as described above, the first illumination side entrainment member 21-1 of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is used for imaging.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c is pressed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 to be brought into contact with and engaged with the first imaging side trailing member 21-2 of the moving unit 3c. It moves with the movement of 1c-1.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP- 1.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction.
  • the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the thirteenth position Pc1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA
  • the twelfth position Pc1-2 is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3c is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1c-2.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the movement control unit 712c controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively.
  • the first lighting moving part 1c-1 and the second lighting moving part 1c- Each of them moves at a constant speed at the same moving speed in the opposite direction (reverse direction) to the one direction along the moving direction.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is supplied to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved at the same moving speed in the opposite direction along the moving direction.
  • the fourteenth position Pc1-4, the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, the sixteenth position Pc1-6, and the thirteenth position Pc1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in one direction.
  • the control processing unit 71c causes the plurality of imaging units CA to perform the first The surface to be inspected in one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings.
  • a plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71c.
  • the movement control unit 712c performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described using FIG. 8A.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are each moved to the 21st position Pc2- so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the second inspection region. 1.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 respectively move along the moving direction at the first, 22nd position Pc2-2 and 23rd position Pc2-3. Move in one direction.
  • the imaging moving unit 3c moves together with the first illumination moving unit 1c-1.
  • the 21st position Pc2-1, the 22nd position Pc2-2, and the 23rd position Pc2-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA
  • the 22nd position Pc2-2 is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3c is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1c-1.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the 22nd position Pc2-2, and the movement control unit 712c sets the first illumination
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are respectively illuminated from the 21st position Pc2-1 and the 23rd position Pc2-3 to the 24th position Pc2-4 and the 26th position Pc2-6 respectively.
  • the first moving unit 1c-1 and the second lighting moving unit 1c-2 move in the opposite direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed with the same moving speed.
  • the 24th position Pc2-4, the 21st position Pc2-1, the 22nd position Pc2-2, the 26th position Pc2-6, and the 23rd position Pc2-3 are sequentially in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in one direction. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71c causes the plurality of imaging units CA to perform the first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71c, respectively.
  • FIGS. 8E and 8F the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 8A and the description with reference to FIG. 8B until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final Lth inspection region are obtained.
  • Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed.
  • the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71c subsequently performs a process for each inspection surface of each inspection region on the inspection surface of the inspection region.
  • the surface condition of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
  • the imaging unit CA is moved by the tailgating members 21-1 and 21-2 along with the movement of the first illumination unit LP-1. Only the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1 for generating power for moving the second holding members 11c-1 to 15c-1 to be held are required.
  • the imaging unit CA is moved along with the movement of the first illumination unit LP-1 by the tailgating members 21-1 and 21-2. Can be reliably moved.
  • each movement operation of the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 and the plurality of imaging units CA described with reference to FIG. 8 is performed by the surface inspection devices Da and Db of the first and second embodiments.
  • the inspection object SP may be reproduced by using the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2. According to this, since the movement is performed in the one direction and the other direction, compared to the case where the movement is performed only in the one direction, the inspection from the start of the inspection to the end of the inspection when inspecting the entire inspection surface of the inspection object SP is performed. The total movement amount can be further reduced.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the inspection object SP does not move, and moves with respect to the inspection object SP with the first and second illumination units LP-1, LP-2 and the plurality of light sources.
  • the imaging unit CA has moved, in the surface inspection device Dd according to the fourth embodiment, the plurality of imaging units CA do not move, and the inspection object SP and the first and second illumination units are provided to the plurality of imaging units CA.
  • LP-1 and LP-2 move.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the fourth embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVd, a control processing unit 71d, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75.
  • the illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Dd according to the fourth embodiment are respectively the illumination units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment.
  • the LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the moving unit MVd relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there.
  • the moving unit MVd treats the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP as one group and performs imaging without moving.
  • the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are treated separately, and the imaging unit that does not move The illumination unit LP is moved with respect to CA.
  • the moving unit MVd includes a first lighting moving unit 1d-1 for moving the first lighting unit LP-1 and a first to eleventh imaging unit.
  • the imaging holding unit 3d that holds the units CA-1 to CA-11 without moving
  • the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2
  • the inspection object SP is moved.
  • an inspection object moving unit BCd Since the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the second lighting moving unit 1d-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 will be described below.
  • the description of the illumination moving unit 1d-2 is omitted, in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second” and "-2", respectively, to thereby obtain the second illumination.
  • the configuration of the moving unit 1d-2 can be described.
  • the imaging holding unit 3d includes first and second bases 31d and 35d, first and second standing members 32d and 34d, and a beam member 33d.
  • the first and second bases 31d and 35d, the first and second standing members 32d and 34d, and the beam member 33d in the imaging holding unit 3d of the fourth embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment.
  • the first and second bases 31d and 35d carry the first and second lighting moving parts 1d-1 and 1d-2, respectively, and further have a size (size, Except that the first and second bases 31a and 35a, the first and second standing members 32a and 34a, and the beam member 33a in the imaging moving unit 3a of the first embodiment, except that they have an area. Therefore, the description is omitted.
  • the imaging holding unit 3d of the fourth embodiment removes the first and second carriages 36b and 37b and the first and second power sources 38b and 39b from the imaging moving unit 3b of the second embodiment.
  • the first and second bases 31d and 35d are fixed to predetermined locations (locations) in the inspection location by, for example, height adjustment screws or the like so as to be horizontally adjustable.
  • the first illumination moving section 1d-1 includes first and second bases 11d-1 and 15d-1, first and second standing members 12d-1 and 14d-1, and a beam member 13d-1. , First and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1, and first and second power sources 18d-1 and 19d-1.
  • the member 13d-1 is the first and second bases 11a-1, 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1, 12a-1, Since it is the same as 14a-1 and the beam member 13a-1, the description is omitted.
  • the first and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1 and the first and second power sources 18d-1 and 19d-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 of the fourth embodiment are respectively The same as the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 and the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 in the first lighting moving section 1b-1 of the second embodiment. Therefore, the description is omitted. That is, the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 in the fourth embodiment is configured in the same manner as the first lighting moving unit 1b-1 in the second embodiment.
  • the first and second bases 31b and 35b in the imaging moving unit 3b are respectively provided with third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d similar to the third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b in the second embodiment. Is arranged.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 includes a first base 31d, a first standing member 32d, a beam member 33d, a second standing member 34d, and a second base 35d that hold a plurality of imaging units CA. On the front side (one side) of the provided first holding member, it is arranged on the first and second bases 31d and 35d of the imaging moving unit 3d, and is guided (guided) by the third and third guide members 53d and 54d. Is done.
  • the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 is disposed on the first and second bases 31d and 35d of the imaging moving unit 3d on the rear side (the other side) of the first holding members 31d to 35d. It is guided (guided) by the third and third guide members 53d and 54d.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d are arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2.
  • the inspection object moving unit BCd is illuminated by the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 held in a gate shape in a front view, and is disposed at predetermined positions in the gate shape in a front view. This is a mechanism for moving the inspection object SP along the predetermined movement direction so that the plurality of imaging units CA are imaged.
  • the inspection object moving section BCd is disposed, for example, between the first standing members 12d-1, 32d, 32d-2 and the second standing members 14d-1, 34d, 34d-2.
  • a transport belt that is long in the moving direction; and a drive mechanism that moves the transport belt along the travel direction. The drive mechanism moves the transport belt to move the belt placed on the transport belt.
  • the inspection object SP moves along the moving direction.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 operates.
  • the respective rotational forces guide the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d via the first and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1, and move along the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d. I do. That is, the first illumination unit LP-1 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3d in front of the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 operates.
  • the respective rotational forces guide the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d via the first and second ball screws 16d-2 and 17d-2, and move along the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d.
  • the second illumination unit LP-2 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3d behind the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d.
  • the inspection object SP moves in one direction along the moving direction by the inspection object moving unit BCd when the inspection object moving unit BCd operates under the control of the control processing unit 71d.
  • the transport belt moves in one direction along the moving direction, whereby the inspection object SP placed on the transport belt moves in the moving direction. Move in one direction along.
  • the control processing unit 71d controls each unit LP, CA, MVd, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the function of each unit, and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. It is.
  • the control processing unit 71d includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits.
  • the control processing unit 71d functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712d, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
  • the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71d of the fourth embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
  • the movement control unit 712d controls the inspection object movement unit BCd (the driving mechanism of the inspection object movement unit BCd in the above example), and controls the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2.
  • the inspection object SP moves in the moving direction with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2. Moving the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the one direction along the movement direction. And moving in the other direction opposite to the one direction.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712c moves the inspection object SP by a predetermined distance to the fixed first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 via the inspection object moving unit BCd. Each time the inspection object SP moves by the predetermined distance, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are applied to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11.
  • the inspection object SP is alternately moved in one direction along the moving direction of the inspection object SP and in the other direction opposite to the one direction via the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712d, the movement unit MVd performs a movement operation as described later.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 10A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection apparatus Dd is moved to the first first inspection area, and FIG. 10B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area.
  • 10C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 10C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dd is moved to the next second inspection area.
  • FIG. FIG. 10E is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG. 10E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the last L-th inspection region.
  • FIG. 10F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
  • the control processing unit 71d functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712d, and the inspection processing unit 713.
  • the predetermined moving direction is, for example, the horizontal direction on the paper, but unlike the above-described FIGS. 5 and 8, one direction in the moving direction is a direction from the right to the left on the paper. And the direction opposite to the moving direction is a direction from left to right on the paper. The same applies to FIG. 12 described later.
  • the movement control unit 712d of the control processing unit 71d determines, as shown in FIG.
  • the inspection object SP is moved in one direction along the movement direction by the inspection object moving unit BCd to the first position Pd-S1 so as to image the surface.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are in contact states where the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 is in contact with the imaging holding unit 3d, respectively. It is assumed that they are arranged at the first and third positions Pd-1 and Pd-3, respectively, so as to be located closer to the imaging holding unit 3d side.
  • the first and second lighting units LP-1 and LP-2 are in contact states where the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 is in contact with the imaging holding unit 3d, respectively.
  • the fourth and sixth positions Pd-4 and Pd-6 may be arranged at positions closer to the imaging holding unit 3d.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA are arranged at the second position Pd-2.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one unit, and the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units
  • the inspection object SP is moved in one direction along the movement direction with respect to the CA and the second illumination unit LP-2.
  • the first position Pd-1, the fourth position Pd-4, the second position Pd-2, the third position Pd-3, and the sixth position Pd-6 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in the opposite direction.
  • the movement control unit 712d controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 from the first position Pd-1 and the third position Pd-3, respectively.
  • the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the The two illumination moving units 1d-2 move in the opposite directions along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA.
  • the control processing unit 71d sends a first The surface to be inspected in one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71d.
  • the movement control unit 712d performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 10A.
  • the inspection object SP is moved to the S2 position Pd-S2 by the inspection object moving unit BCd along the moving direction so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection area. Move in the direction.
  • the movement control unit 712d controls the first lighting unit LP-1 and the second lighting unit LP-2 from the fourth position Pd-4 and the sixth position Pd-4, respectively.
  • the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the The two illumination moving parts 1d-2 move in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA.
  • the control processing unit 71d sends a first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71d.
  • FIGS. 10E and 10F the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10A and the description with reference to FIG. 10B until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
  • the moving operation described above, the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10C and the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10D are each repeated, and the plurality of moving operations are repeated for the fixed plurality of imaging units CA.
  • the first illuminator LP-1 and the second illuminator LP-2 are moving, a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final Lth inspection region are obtained.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71d subsequently determines the inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region.
  • the surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
  • the inspection object SP is moved stepwise at a predetermined distance by the inspection object moving unit BCd so that the plurality of imaging units CA can image each inspection region for each inspection region. It moves in one direction along the moving direction.
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are connected to the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 by the imaging holding unit 3d as described with reference to FIG. 10A. From the abutting state or the position closer to the imaging holding unit 3d, the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 abuts on the imaging holding unit 3d or the position closer to the imaging holding unit 3d.
  • the first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2 move in opposite directions along the moving direction so that In each of the even-numbered inspection areas, as described with reference to FIG. 10C, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are configured such that the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 is provided in the imaging holding unit 3d.
  • the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 comes into contact with the imaging holding unit 3d or the position toward the imaging holding unit 3d from the abutting state of contacting or the position approaching the imaging holding unit 3d.
  • the first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2 move in one direction along the moving direction such that While the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA, each of the plurality of imaging units CA The surface is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
  • the surface inspection apparatus Dd and the surface inspection method include the moving unit MVd, so that the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 can be fixed.
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the fifth embodiment.
  • the inspection object SP is stopped when the images of the inspection surface in the inspection region are generated by the plurality of imaging units CA.
  • the inspection object SP moves even when an image of the inspection surface in the inspection area is generated by the plurality of imaging units CA.
  • the surface inspection apparatus De includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVe, a control processing unit 71e, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75.
  • the illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device De of the fifth embodiment are respectively illuminators in the surface inspection device Da of the first embodiment.
  • the LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the moving unit MVe relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the lighting unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the lighting unit LP, similarly to the moving unit MVa described above.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 for moving the first illumination unit LP-1 and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are integrally formed. It includes an imaging moving unit 3e to be moved, a second lighting moving unit 1e-2 to move the second lighting unit LP-2, and a test object moving unit BCe to move the test object SP.
  • the first lighting moving unit 1e-1, the imaging moving unit 3e, and the second lighting moving unit 1b-2 in the moving unit MVe according to the fifth embodiment are respectively similar to the first moving unit 1e-1 except that their moving operations are different.
  • the moving unit MVb of the second embodiment is the same as the moving unit 1b-1, the moving unit 3b for imaging, and the moving unit 1b-2 for second illumination in the moving unit MVb of the second embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the moving part BCe for the inspection object in the moving part MVe of the fifth embodiment is similar to the moving part BCd for the inspection object in the moving part MVe of the fourth embodiment except that the moving operation is different. Description is omitted.
  • the control processing unit 71e controls the respective units LP, CA, MVe, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection device De according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is.
  • the control processing unit 71e includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits.
  • the control processing unit 71e functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712e, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
  • the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71e of the fifth embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
  • the movement control unit 712e controls the inspection object movement unit BCe (in the above example, the driving mechanism of the inspection object movement unit BCe) and holds the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11.
  • the first and second power sources 38e and 39e that generate the first power for moving the first holding members 31e to 35e are controlled, and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are respectively controlled.
  • the first to eleventh The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in the one direction along the moving direction and the one direction along the moving direction with respect to the image units CA-1 to CA-11.
  • the moving operation of the moving unit MVe is controlled so as to move in the other direction.
  • the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712e moves the inspection object SP in one direction along the movement direction via the inspection object moving unit BCe, and outputs a first to an eleventh imaging unit for the moving inspection object SP.
  • CA-1 to CA-11 are moved so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection areas, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas, the imaging is performed so that the inspection area of the moving inspection object SP is imaged.
  • the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved via the imaging moving unit 3e, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved with respect to the first imaging unit CA-1 to CA-11.
  • the second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved via the first and second illumination moving units 1e-1 and 1e-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712e, the movement unit MVe performs a movement operation as described later.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 12A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving the surface inspection apparatus De to the first first inspection area
  • FIG. 12B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area.
  • FIG. 12C is a view for explaining a moving operation in the case
  • FIG. 12C is a diagram illustrating a surface inspection apparatus for preparing a next second inspection area after the generation of the plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area is completed.
  • FIG. 12D is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving De, and FIG.
  • FIG. 12D is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving the surface inspection device De to the second inspection region
  • FIG. 12F is a view for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection area
  • FIG. 12F shows a state after the generation of the plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection area is completed.
  • FIG. 12G is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection device De is moved
  • FIG. 12G is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection device De is moved to the last L-th inspection region.
  • FIG. 12H is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
  • the surface inspection apparatus De having such a configuration performs initialization of necessary units and starts its operation.
  • a control section 711, a movement control section 712e, and an inspection processing section 713 are functionally configured in the control processing section 71e.
  • the movement control unit 712e of the control processing unit 71e moves the inspection object SP at an appropriate predetermined moving speed preset by the inspection object moving unit BCd. Move in one direction along the movement direction.
  • the initial position in the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2, the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 abuts on the imaging moving unit 3e. It is assumed that they are arranged at the eleventh to thirteenth positions Pe1-1, Pe1-2, Pe1-3 so as to be in a contact state or a position closer to the imaging holding unit 3 side.
  • the movement control unit 712e provides a plurality of stopped imaging units CA such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the first inspection region by the movement of the inspection object SP described above.
  • the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to move in the moving direction at the same movement speed as the inspection object SP by the imaging movement unit 3e. Move along one direction. Thereby, the plurality of imaging units CA seem as if the inspection object SP is stationary.
  • the movement control unit 712e controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e from a contact state where the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e side.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 respectively move the imaging unit CA so that the contacting state or the position close to the imaging moving unit 3e is brought into contact. That is, it moves in one direction along the moving direction at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the inspection object SP).
  • the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 start moving at the same time as the moving speed of the imaging unit CA at the same time as the moving speed of the imaging unit CA, and then move at a speed lower than the moving speed of the imaging unit CA.
  • the control processing unit 71e controls the plurality of imaging units CA respectively.
  • the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval.
  • the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings.
  • a plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71e.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively move the eleventh position Pe1-1, the twelfth position Pe1-2, and the thirteenth position Pe1. From -3, it moves to the fourteenth position Pe1-4, the fifteenth position Pe1-5, and the sixteenth position Pe1-6.
  • the eleventh position Pe1-1, the twelfth position Pe1-2, and the thirteenth position Pe1-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the moving direction, and the fourteenth position Pe1-4,
  • the fifteenth position Pe1-5 and the sixteenth position Pe1-6 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the moving direction, and the fourteenth position Pe1-4 and the eleventh position Pe1-1 are respectively
  • the 15th position Pe1-5 and the twelfth position Pe1-2 are sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the movement direction, and the 15th position Pe1-5 and the twelfth position Pe1-2 are sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the movement direction.
  • the sixteenth position Pe1-6 and the thirteenth position Pe1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order along the direction opposite to the moving direction.
  • the movement control unit 712e stops the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA and performs the first illumination.
  • the unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved from the contact state in which the first illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or the position shifted toward the imaging moving unit 3e.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 are brought into a contact state where the illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e.
  • Each of the moving units 1e-2 moves in the opposite direction along the moving direction at a moving speed higher than the moving speed of the inspection object SP in absolute value.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively move the fourteenth position Pe1-4 and the sixteenth position Pe1-6 from the twenty-first position Pe2-1 and the twenty-third position. Move to the position Pe2-3.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 have the same positional relationship with the plurality of stopped imaging units CA as the initial position.
  • the fifteenth position Pe1-5 in the plurality of stopped imaging units CA is replaced with the twenty-second position Pe2-2.
  • the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to image the inspection surface of the second inspection region by the movement of the inspection object SP described above.
  • the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to be inspected by the imaging moving unit 3e as illustrated in FIG. 12D.
  • the object SP moves in one direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed as the moving speed of the object SP.
  • the movement control unit 712e controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 as shown in FIGS.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e from a contact state where the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e side.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 respectively move the imaging unit CA so that the contacting state or the position close to the imaging moving unit 3e is brought into contact. That is, it moves in one direction along the moving direction at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the inspection object SP). While the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the imaging unit CA, the control processing unit 71e controls the plurality of imaging units CA respectively.
  • the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71e.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively cause the 21st position Pe2-1, the 22nd position Pe2-2, and the 23rd position Pe2. From -3, it moves to the 24th position Pe2-4, the 25th position Pe2-5, and the 26th position Pe2-6.
  • the movement control unit 712e stops the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA and performs the first illumination.
  • the unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved from the contact state in which the first illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or the position shifted toward the imaging moving unit 3e.
  • the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 are brought into a contact state where the illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e.
  • Each of the moving units 1e-2 moves in the opposite direction along the moving direction at a moving speed higher than the moving speed of the inspection object SP in absolute value.
  • FIGS. 12G and 12H the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 12A and FIGS. 12A and 12B will be used until a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
  • the above-described moving operation and the respective moving operations similar to the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 12C are repeated, and the plurality of imaging units CA moving in synchronization with the inspection object SP are repeated.
  • the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving, a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
  • the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71e subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region.
  • the surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
  • the surface inspection apparatus De and the surface inspection method mounted thereon according to the present embodiment are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
  • the surface inspection device De and the surface inspection method include the moving unit MVe, so that the inspection object SP that moves on the line can be inspected while the line is moving.
  • the surface inspection apparatuses Da to De in the above-described first to fifth embodiments are configured to include the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, one of them, for example, the first It may be configured to include only the illumination section PL-1. That is, the surface inspection device D may include one illumination unit LP and one or more imaging units CA.
  • the surface inspection apparatuses Da to De use the first and second illumination movements as shown by broken lines in FIGS. 1, 6, 7, 9, and 11.
  • 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; 1e-1, 1e-2 to move more reliably and synchronously.
  • First and second illumination moving parts 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; 1e-1, 1e-2. May be further provided.
  • the connecting member 20 includes first and second lighting moving parts 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; -1, 1e-2, beam members 13a-1, 13a-2; 13b-1, 13b-2; 13c-1, 13c-2; 13d-1, 13d-2; 13e-1, 13e-2. It includes a pair of left and right first and second connecting members 20-1 and 20-2 that are connected to each other.
  • a surface inspection apparatus is an apparatus that irradiates illumination light to a surface to be inspected of an object to be inspected and inspects a surface state of the surface to be inspected based on an image obtained by imaging the surface to be inspected.
  • An illumination unit that forms at least one set of a region and a dark region and irradiates the illumination light as the illumination light, an imaging unit that captures the inspection surface to generate the image, the inspection object, the imaging unit,
  • a moving unit that relatively moves the illumination unit and relatively moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit;
  • the illumination unit sequentially forms a plurality of sets of a bright region and a dark region along a moving direction of the moving unit, and irradiates the pair as the illumination light.
  • the plurality of imaging units are arranged along a direction intersecting a moving direction of the moving unit.
  • the plurality of illumination units are arranged along a moving direction of the moving unit.
  • the illumination unit is two first and second illumination units that are arranged apart from each other by a predetermined distance along a moving direction of the moving unit, and the imaging unit Are a plurality disposed between the first lighting unit and the second lighting unit along an intersecting direction intersecting a moving direction of the moving unit.
  • the object to be inspected is a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface
  • the imaging unit is configured such that all or a part of an outer surface of the object to be inspected except the bottom surface is A plurality of pairs of bright areas and dark areas, which are sequentially arranged along a direction of movement by the moving unit, the plurality of sets being arranged along a cross direction intersecting with a direction of movement by the moving unit.
  • the inspection object has a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, a top surface, a front surface, a back surface, a right side surface, and a left side surface, and the outer surface of the inspection object except the bottom surface includes the top surface, the right side surface And the left side.
  • the surface inspection apparatus may include a plurality of imaging units in an intersecting direction intersecting the moving direction. Since there is no need to increase the number of imaging units in the moving direction, the number of imaging units can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units in the cross direction. Therefore, the surface inspection apparatus can further reduce the number of imaging units and the inspection time even when the above-described technique of imaging at a higher magnification is employed.
  • the moving unit includes a first holding member that holds the imaging unit, a second holding member that holds the lighting unit, and the second holding member.
  • a power unit for generating power is another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device.
  • Such a surface inspection apparatus can easily move the imaging unit integrally even if the first holding member is moved by the power of the power unit, and the illumination unit can be moved even if the second holding member is moved by the power of the power unit. It can be easily and integrally moved.
  • the imaging unit integrally even if the first holding member is moved by the power of the power unit
  • the illumination unit can be moved even if the second holding member is moved by the power of the power unit.
  • the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and includes the power unit. Includes a first power source that generates a first power for moving the first holding member, and a second power source that generates a second power for moving the second holding member.
  • Such a surface inspection apparatus includes the first and second power sources, the imaging unit and the illumination unit can be individually handled.
  • the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and
  • the holding member is mounted on the first holding member, and the power unit includes a first power source for generating a first power for moving the first holding member, and a second power source for the first holding member. 2) a second power source for generating a second power for moving the holding member.
  • the second holding member is mounted on the first holding member, it is easy to move the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object. Since the surface inspection device includes the first and second power sources, the moving operation of the imaging unit and the moving operation of the illumination unit can be independent.
  • the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a moving direction with respect to the inspection object, and moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit.
  • the lighting unit is moved in the one direction along the moving direction.
  • the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a moving direction with respect to the inspection object, and moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit.
  • the lighting unit is moved in a direction opposite to the one direction along the moving direction.
  • the moving unit moves the illumination unit and the imaging unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and performs the inspection.
  • the imaging unit further includes an entrainment member that moves the imaging unit along with the movement of the illumination unit, and the power unit moves the second holding member. Power source for generating the power of
  • the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a movement direction with respect to the inspection object, and the illumination unit emits the illumination light to the imaging unit.
  • the part is moved in a direction opposite to the one direction along the movement direction.
  • the imaging unit can be surely moved by the tailgating member with the movement of the illumination unit.
  • the moving unit moves the inspection object at a predetermined distance with respect to the imaging unit, and after each movement of the inspection object by the predetermined distance. Then, the illumination unit is moved with respect to the imaging unit alternately in one direction along the moving direction of the inspection object and in a direction opposite to the one direction.
  • the imaging unit can be fixed.
  • the surface to be inspected includes a plurality of inspection areas different from each other along a predetermined moving direction of the object to be inspected. Moving in the movement direction, moving the imaging unit with respect to the moving inspection object so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection areas, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas, moving the inspection object.
  • the imaging unit is moved so as to image the inspection area of the object, and the illumination unit is moved with respect to the moving imaging unit.
  • the moving unit moves the inspection object in the moving direction, a first holding member that holds the imaging unit, and a second holding unit that holds the illumination unit.
  • a holding member a first power source for generating a first power for moving the first holding member, a second power source for generating a second power for moving the second holding member,
  • the imaging unit is moved so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection regions, and in each of the inspection regions, an image of the inspection region in the moving inspection object is taken.
  • a movement control unit that moves the illumination unit with respect to the moving imaging unit.
  • Such a surface inspection apparatus includes the moving unit, even an inspection object that moves on a line can be inspected while the line is moving.
  • the image captures each of the inspection surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface. It is the plural obtained by that.
  • Such a surface inspection device inspects a surface state based on a plurality of images obtained by imaging each of the inspection surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of mutually different incident angles, unevenness generated on the surface as a defect is obtained.
  • the detection ability can be improved.
  • a surface inspection method includes irradiating illumination light of an illumination unit to an inspection surface of an inspection object, and changing a surface state of the inspection surface based on an image of the inspection surface captured by an imaging unit.
  • the illumination light is generated by forming at least one set of a bright area and a dark area, and the illumination light relatively moves the inspection object, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit.
  • such a surface inspection method includes a first movement step of relatively moving the object to be inspected, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit, even if a plurality of imaging units are provided in a direction crossing the movement direction, Since it is not necessary to increase the number of imaging units in the moving direction, the number of imaging units can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units in the cross direction. Therefore, in the above surface inspection method, the number of imaging units and the inspection time can be further reduced even if the above method of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method for inspecting a surface state of a surface to be inspected in an object to be inspected.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Investigating Materials By The Use Of Optical Means Adapted For Particular Applications (AREA)

Abstract

This surface inspection device and surface inspection method are a device and method for radiating illumination light to a surface to be inspected of an object to be inspected, and inspecting the surface state of the surface to be inspected on the basis of a captured image of the surface to be inspected, wherein the surface to be inspected is imaged by irradiation with illumination light in which at least one combination of a bright region and a dark region is formed, the aforementioned image is generated, the object to be inspected and an imaging unit and illumination unit are moved relative to each other, and the imaging unit and the illumination unit are moved relative to each other.

Description

表面検査装置および表面検査方法Surface inspection device and surface inspection method
 本発明は、被検査物における被検査面の表面状態を検査する表面検査装置および表面検査方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method for inspecting a surface state of a surface to be inspected in an object to be inspected.
 従来、被検査物の被検査面に照明光を照射して前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する手法が知られており、例えば、特許文献1に開示されている。 Conventionally, a method of irradiating illumination light on a surface to be inspected of an object to be inspected and inspecting a surface state of the surface to be inspected based on an image obtained by imaging the surface to be inspected is known. It has been disclosed.
 この特許文献1に開示された検査装置は、被検査体に、輝度が周期的に変化する光を照射する照明部と、前記光が照射された前記被検査体の画像を撮像する撮像部と、撮像された前記画像から、前記画像の周期的な輝度変化を取得する取得部と、取得された前記輝度変化の振幅値、平均値、下限値及び位相値、並びに上限値及びコントラストの少なくとも一方を算出する算出部と、算出された前記振幅値、前記平均値、前記下限値及び前記位相値、並びに前記上限値及び前記コントラストの少なくとも一方を用いて、前記被検査体の欠陥を検出する検出部とを含む。 The inspection device disclosed in Patent Literature 1 includes an illumination unit that irradiates a light to be inspected with light whose luminance changes periodically, and an imaging unit that captures an image of the inspection object that is irradiated with the light. An acquisition unit that acquires a periodic luminance change of the image from the captured image, and at least one of an amplitude value, an average value, a lower limit value and a phase value of the acquired luminance change, and an upper limit value and a contrast. A detection unit that detects a defect of the inspection object by using the calculated amplitude value, the average value, the lower limit value and the phase value, and at least one of the upper limit value and the contrast. And parts.
 ところで、表面状態を検査する場合、より細かく表面状態を検査したいというニーズ(要望)や、より正確に表面状態を検査したいというニーズがある。このようなニーズに応えるためには、撮像部の画素数を増やす手法や、より高い倍率で撮像する手法が考えられる。画素数増加は、半導体デザインルールや動作速度の点から相対的に難易度が高く、実際には、より高い倍率で撮像する手法が採用されることが多い。 By the way, when inspecting the surface state, there is a need (request) for inspecting the surface state more finely and a need for inspecting the surface state more accurately. In order to meet such needs, a method of increasing the number of pixels of the imaging unit and a method of imaging at a higher magnification can be considered. Increasing the number of pixels is relatively difficult in terms of semiconductor design rules and operation speed, and in practice, a technique of imaging at a higher magnification is often employed.
 一方、被検査物の被検査面の面積が撮像部の撮像範囲(画角)より広い場合、前記被検査面全体を検査するためには、第1に、被検査面を複数の領域に分割し、複数の撮像部それぞれで各領域を撮像する手法が考えられる。この手法で前記ニーズに応えようとすると、撮像部の個数が増えてしまう。例えば、倍率を2倍にすると、撮像範囲が1/4になってしまう結果、領域の個数が4倍となり、したがって、撮像部の個数が4倍になってしまう。第2に、1個の撮像部を移動させて各領域を撮像する手法も考えられる。この手法で前記ニーズに応えようとすると、検査時間が増えてしまう。例えば、倍率を2倍にすると、撮像範囲が1/4になってしまう結果、領域の個数が4倍となり、したがって、検査時間が4倍になってしまう。 On the other hand, when the area of the inspection surface of the inspection object is wider than the imaging range (angle of view) of the imaging unit, first, the inspection surface is divided into a plurality of regions in order to inspect the entire inspection surface. Then, a method of imaging each region with each of the plurality of imaging units is conceivable. If this technique is used to meet the needs, the number of imaging units increases. For example, if the magnification is doubled, the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, and as a result, the number of regions is quadrupled, and therefore the number of imaging units is quadrupled. Secondly, a method of moving one imaging unit to image each region is also conceivable. In order to meet the above-mentioned needs by this method, the inspection time increases. For example, if the magnification is doubled, the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, so that the number of regions is quadrupled, and therefore the inspection time is quadrupled.
特許第5994419号公報Japanese Patent No. 5994419
 本発明は、上述の事情に鑑みて為された発明であり、その目的は、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部の個数や検査時間をより低減できる表面検査装置および表面検査方法を提供することである。 The present invention is an invention made in view of the above-described circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection apparatus that can further reduce the number of imaging units and inspection time even when the method of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted. It is to provide a surface inspection method.
 上述した目的を実現するために、本発明の一側面を反映した表面検査装置および表面検査方法は、被検査物の被検査面に照明光を照射して前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する装置および方法であって、明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して前記照明光として照射し、前記被検査面を撮像して前記画像を生成し、前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させ、前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる。このような表面検査装置および表面検査方法は、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部の個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 In order to achieve the above-described object, a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method that reflect one aspect of the present invention are based on an image obtained by irradiating an inspection surface of an inspection object with illumination light and capturing the inspection surface. An apparatus and a method for inspecting the surface condition of the surface to be inspected, wherein at least one set of a bright region and a dark region is formed and irradiated as the illumination light, and the image of the surface to be inspected is taken and the image is formed. Is generated, and the object to be inspected, the imaging unit and the illumination unit are relatively moved, and the imaging unit and the illumination unit are relatively moved. Such a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method can further reduce the number of imaging units and the inspection time even when the above-described method of imaging at a higher magnification is employed.
 発明の1または複数の実施形態により与えられる利点および特徴は、以下に与えられる詳細な説明および添付図面から十分に理解される。これら詳細な説明及び添付図面は、例としてのみ与えられるものであり本発明の限定の定義として意図されるものではない。 Advantages and features provided by one or more embodiments of the invention will be more fully understood from the detailed description given below and the accompanying drawings. These detailed descriptions and accompanying drawings are provided by way of example only and are not intended as limiting definitions of the present invention.
第1実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 1st embodiment. 前記表面検査装置の照明部における光放射面を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining a light radiation surface in an illumination part of the surface inspection device. 前記表面検査装置における複数の撮像部それぞれの配置を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining arrangement of each of a plurality of imaging parts in the surface inspection device. 第1実施形態における表面検査装置の電気的な構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment. 第1実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining the movement operation in the surface inspection device of a 1st embodiment. 第2実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 2nd embodiment. 第3実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 3rd embodiment. 第3実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining movement operation in a surface inspection device of a 3rd embodiment. 第4実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 4th embodiment. 第4実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining movement operation in a surface inspection device of a 4th embodiment. 第5実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view showing the mechanical composition of the surface inspection device in a 5th embodiment. 第5実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。It is a figure for explaining movement operation in a surface inspection device of a 5th embodiment.
 以下、図面を参照して、本発明の1または複数の実施形態が説明される。しかしながら、発明の範囲は、開示された実施形態に限定されない。なお、各図において同一の符号を付した構成は、同一の構成であることを示し、適宜、その説明を省略する。本明細書において、総称する場合には添え字を省略した参照符号で示し、個別の構成を指す場合には添え字を付した参照符号で示す。 Hereinafter, one or more embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. However, the scope of the invention is not limited to the disclosed embodiments. In each of the drawings, configurations denoted by the same reference numerals indicate the same configurations, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate. In this specification, a generic name is denoted by a reference numeral with a suffix omitted, and an individual configuration is denoted by a reference numeral with a suffix.
 実施形態における表面検査装置は、被検査物の被検査面に照明光を照射して前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する装置であり、明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して前記照明光として照射する照明部と、前記被検査面を撮像して前記画像を生成する撮像部と、前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させ、前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる移動部とを備える。以下、このような表面検査装置について、第1ないし第5実施形態にかかる各表面検査装置Da~Deを用いてより具体的に説明する。 The surface inspection apparatus according to the embodiment is an apparatus that irradiates the inspection surface of the inspection object with illumination light and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface based on an image obtained by capturing the inspection surface, and includes a bright area and An illumination unit that forms at least one set of dark regions and irradiates the illumination light as the illumination light; an imaging unit that captures the inspection surface to generate the image; the inspection object, the imaging unit, and the illumination A moving unit that relatively moves the unit and relatively moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit. Hereinafter, such a surface inspection device will be more specifically described using the surface inspection devices Da to De according to the first to fifth embodiments.
 (第1実施形態)
 図1は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。図2は、前記表面検査装置の照明部における光放射面を説明するための図である。なお、図2に示す光放射面を持つ照明部は、後述の第2ないし第5実施形態における各表面検査装置Db~Deでも利用される。図3は、前記表面検査装置における複数の撮像部それぞれの配置を説明するための図である。なお、後述の第2ないし第5実施形態の各表面検査装置Db~Deにおける複数の撮像部は、図3と同様に配置される。図4は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置の電気的な構成を示すブロック図である。なお、図4には、後述の第2ないし第5実施形態の各表面検査装置Db~Deにおける各構成も括弧内の符号で図示されている。
(1st Embodiment)
FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a light emitting surface in an illumination unit of the surface inspection device. The illumination unit having the light emitting surface shown in FIG. 2 is also used in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De in the second to fifth embodiments described later. FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the arrangement of each of a plurality of imaging units in the surface inspection apparatus. Note that a plurality of imaging units in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De of the second to fifth embodiments described below are arranged in the same manner as in FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the first embodiment. In FIG. 4, each configuration in each of the surface inspection devices Db to De of the second to fifth embodiments described later is also shown by reference numerals in parentheses.
 第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daは、例えば、図1ないし図4に示すように、1または複数の照明部LP(LP-1、LP-2)と、1または複数の撮像部CA(CA-1~CA-11)と、移動部MVaと、制御処理部71aと、入力部72と、出力部73と、インターフェース部(IF部)74と、記憶部75とを備える。 The surface inspection apparatus Da according to the first embodiment includes, for example, one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA (CA) as shown in FIGS. -1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVa, a control processing unit 71a, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an interface unit (IF unit) 74, and a storage unit 75.
 照明部LPは、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、明領域BAと暗領域DAとの組を少なくとも1つ形成して照明光として被検査物SPの被検査面に照射する装置である。本実施形態では、照明部LPは、図1に示すように、撮像部CAを挟んで互いに並置された2個の第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を備える。第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、それぞれ、例えば、光を放射する光源部と、明領域BAと暗領域DAとの組を少なくとも1つ形成して前記光源部から放射された光を前記照明光として照明する明暗領域形成部とを備えて構成される。図2には、明領域BAと暗領域DAとの組が複数、この例では4個示されている。明領域BAおよび暗領域DAは、それぞれ、一方向に長尺な矩形状(線状)であり、互いに平行に並置するように配置される。前記光源部は、例えば、白色蛍光灯や白色LED等を備えて構成される。前記明暗領域形成部は、例えば、暗領域DAを形成するための、一方向に長尺な矩形状で形成された複数の遮光部材を、所定の間隔を空けて互いに平行に並置するように形成した光拡散シート(光拡散板)を備えて構成される。あるいは、例えば、前記明暗領域形成部は、液晶パネルを備えて構成される。このような液晶パネルでは、一方向に長尺な複数の矩形状で交互に透過および遮光するように各画素が制御される。 The illumination unit LP is connected to the control processing unit 71a, and forms at least one set of a bright area BA and a dark area DA on the inspection surface of the inspection object SP as illumination light under the control of the control processing unit 71a. It is a device for irradiation. In the present embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 1, the illumination unit LP includes two first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 arranged side by side with the imaging unit CA interposed therebetween. The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 form, for example, at least one pair of a light source unit that emits light and a light area BA and a dark area DA, and emit light from the light source unit. And a light / dark area forming section that illuminates the light thus emitted as the illumination light. FIG. 2 shows a plurality of sets of the light area BA and the dark area DA, and four sets in this example. The bright area BA and the dark area DA each have a rectangular shape (linear shape) elongated in one direction, and are arranged so as to be juxtaposed in parallel with each other. The light source unit includes, for example, a white fluorescent lamp and a white LED. The light / dark area forming portion is formed, for example, so as to form a plurality of light shielding members formed in a rectangular shape elongated in one direction in parallel with each other at predetermined intervals to form a dark area DA. A light diffusion sheet (light diffusion plate) is provided. Alternatively, for example, the light and dark area forming unit is configured to include a liquid crystal panel. In such a liquid crystal panel, each pixel is controlled to alternately transmit and block light in a plurality of rectangular shapes that are long in one direction.
 撮像部CAは、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、被検査物SPの被検査面を撮像して画像を生成する装置である。撮像部CAは、この生成した画像(画像データ)を制御処理部71aへ出力する。被検査物SPは、例えば、底面を持つ3次元の立体形状であり、撮像部CAは、前記底面を除く被検査物SPの外面における全部または一部において、所定の一方向に沿って配置された複数である。より具体的には、被検査物SPは、底面、上面、正面、背面、右側面および左側面を持つ3次元の立体形状である、一例として車両であり、撮像部CAは、左側面を撮像する第1ないし第4撮像部CA-1~CA-4、上面を撮像する第5ないし第7撮像部CA-5~CA-7および右側面を撮像する第8ないし第11撮像部CA-8~CA-11の11個である。 The imaging unit CA is a device that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and generates an image by capturing an image of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP under the control of the control processing unit 71a. The imaging unit CA outputs the generated image (image data) to the control processing unit 71a. The inspection object SP has, for example, a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, and the imaging unit CA is disposed along a predetermined direction on all or a part of the outer surface of the inspection object SP except for the bottom surface. Is more than one. More specifically, the inspection object SP is a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, a top surface, a front surface, a back surface, a right side surface, and a left side surface. For example, the inspection object SP is a vehicle. First to fourth imaging units CA-1 to CA-4, fifth to seventh imaging units CA-5 to CA-7 for imaging the upper surface, and eighth to eleventh imaging units CA-8 for imaging the right side surface. ~ CA-11.
 表面状態の検査は、後述するように、画像を画素値で画像処理することによって検出するので、撮像部CAは、例えば、カラーで画像を生成するカメラを備えて構成されて良く、モノクロで画像を生成するカメラを備えて構成されて良い。より具体的には、撮像部CAは、撮像対象の光学像を所定の結像面上に結像する結像光学系、前記結像面に受光面を一致させて配置され、前記撮像対象の光学像を電気的な信号に変換するイメージセンサ、および、イメージセンサの出力を画像処理することで前記撮像対象の画像を表すデータである画像データを生成する画像処理部等を備えるデジタルカメラである。前記結像光学系として、本実施形態では、表面検査の分解能を向上させるために、画角の小さい望遠レンズや、画角を小さくできるズームレンズ等が好ましい。撮像部CAの個数は、被検査物SPにおける被検査面のサイズ(広さ、面積)、形状、画角の大きさおよび撮像部CAから前記被検査面までの距離等に応じて適宜に設定される。 Since the inspection of the surface state is detected by performing image processing on the image with pixel values, as described later, the imaging unit CA may include, for example, a camera that generates an image in color, and may be configured to have a monochrome image. May be provided with a camera that generates the image data. More specifically, the imaging unit CA is an imaging optical system that forms an optical image of the imaging target on a predetermined imaging surface, the light receiving surface is arranged so as to match the imaging surface, and the imaging target CA A digital camera including an image sensor that converts an optical image into an electric signal, and an image processing unit that generates image data that is data representing the image of the imaging target by performing image processing on an output of the image sensor. . In the present embodiment, a telephoto lens with a small angle of view, a zoom lens with a small angle of view, or the like is preferable as the imaging optical system in order to improve the resolution of surface inspection. The number of the imaging units CA is appropriately set according to the size (width, area), shape, size of the angle of view, and the distance from the imaging unit CA to the inspection surface of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. Is done.
 移動部MVaは、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させるものである。すなわち、移動部MVaは、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させる際には、撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを一つの纏まりとして扱い、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させる際には、撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを個別に扱う。本実施形態では、移動部MVaは、検査中に移動しない被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを移動させ、画像生成中に移動しない撮像部CAに対し照明部CAを移動させる。 The moving unit MVa relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP. That is, the moving unit MVa treats the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP as one unit when the inspection object SP and the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP are relatively moved, and the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP. When relatively moving the LP, the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are individually handled. In the present embodiment, the moving unit MVa moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP with respect to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection, and moves the illumination unit CA with respect to the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation.
 このような移動部MVaは、より具体的には、例えば、図1に示すように、第1照明部LP-1を移動させる第1照明用移動部1a-1と、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を一体的に移動させる撮像用移動部3aと、第2照明部LP-2を移動させる第2照明用移動部1a-2とを備える。なお、第1照明用移動部1a-1と第2照明用移動部1a-2とは、同一構成であるので、以下では、第1照明用移動部1a-1の構成について説明し、第2照明用移動部1a-2の説明は、省略するが、以下の説明において、「第1」および添え字「-1」それぞれを「第2」および「-2」に読み替えることによって、第2照明用移動部1a-2の構成について説明できる。 More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, the moving unit MVa includes a first lighting moving unit 1a-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to eleventh imaging units. An imaging moving section 3a for integrally moving the sections CA-1 to CA-11 and a second lighting moving section 1a-2 for moving the second lighting section LP-2 are provided. Since the first illumination moving section 1a-1 and the second illumination moving section 1a-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first illumination moving section 1a-1 will be described below. The description of the illumination moving section 1a-2 is omitted, but in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second" and "-2", respectively, to thereby provide the second illumination. The configuration of the moving unit 1a-2 can be described.
 より詳しくは、第1照明用移動部1a-1は、第1および第2基台11a-1、15a-1と、第1および第2立設部材12a-1、14a-1と、梁部材13a-1と、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1と、第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1とを備える。 More specifically, the first lighting moving section 1a-1 includes first and second bases 11a-1 and 15a-1, first and second standing members 12a-1 and 14a-1, and a beam member. 13a-1, first and second trucks 16a-1 and 17a-1, and first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1.
 第1基台11a-1、第1立設部材12a-1、梁部材13a-1、第2立設部材14a-1および第2基台15a-1は、それぞれ、柱状あるいは板状の部材から構成される部材であり、この順で順次に固定的に連結(接続)され、正面視にて門状(略コ字形状、略C字形状)を呈し、内側壁面に沿わせて第1照明部LP-1を保持する第2保持部材を形成する。すなわち、第1立設部材12a-1の下端部(一方端部)は、略垂直に立設するように第1基台11a-1に固定的に連結され、第1立設部材12a-1の上端部(他方端部)は、互いに直交するように梁部材13a-1の左方端部(一方端部)に固定的に連結される。第2立設部材14a-1の下端部(一方端部)は、略垂直に立設するように第2基台15a-1に固定的に連結され、第2立設部材14a-1の上端部(他方端部)は、互いに直交するように梁部材13a-1の右方端部(他方端部)に固定的に連結される。なお、第2保持部材11a-1~15a-1に第1照明部LP-1を保持させる場合に、第1照明部LP-1は、1個の装置を備えて構成されて良いが、複数の装置を備えて構成されても良い。 The first base 11a-1, the first standing member 12a-1, the beam member 13a-1, the second standing member 14a-1 and the second base 15a-1 are respectively made of columnar or plate-like members. It is a member that is configured and sequentially fixedly connected (connected) in this order, has a gate shape (substantially U-shaped, approximately C-shaped) in front view, and has a first illumination along the inner wall surface. A second holding member for holding the portion LP-1 is formed. That is, the lower end (one end) of the first standing member 12a-1 is fixedly connected to the first base 11a-1 so as to stand substantially vertically, and the first standing member 12a-1. Are fixedly connected to the left end (one end) of the beam member 13a-1 so as to be orthogonal to each other. The lower end (one end) of the second standing member 14a-1 is fixedly connected to the second base 15a-1 so as to stand substantially vertically, and the upper end of the second standing member 14a-1. The part (the other end) is fixedly connected to the right end (the other end) of the beam member 13a-1 so as to be orthogonal to each other. When the first lighting unit LP-1 is held by the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1, the first lighting unit LP-1 may be provided with one device. May be provided.
 第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1は、それぞれ、第1車軸によって連結された左右1対の円形部材を備える第1車輪と、第2車軸によって連結された左右1対の円形部材を備える第2車輪と、前記第1および第2車輪を前後に間隔あけて回転可能に保持する保持枠と、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた減速機とを備える。第1台車16a-1の前記保持枠上には、第1基台11a-1が固定的に連結され、第2台車17a-1の前記保持枠上には、第2基台15a-1が固定的に連結される。 The first and second bogies 16a-1 and 17a-1 each include a first wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a first axle, and a pair of left and right circular members connected by a second axle. , A holding frame for rotatably holding the first and second wheels spaced apart back and forth, and a speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). A first base 11a-1 is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the first truck 16a-1, and a second base 15a-1 is fixed to the holding frame of the second truck 17a-1. Fixedly connected.
 第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1は、それぞれ、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1それぞれにおける前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる動力(駆動力、回転力)を生成する、例えばモータ等のアクチュエータである。第1動力源18a-1は、第1台車16a-1の前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた前記減速機を介して前記第1車軸(または前記第2車輪)に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる。第2動力源19a-1は、第2台車17a-1の前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた前記減速機を介して前記第1車軸(または前記第2車輪)に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる。 The first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 are connected to a control processing unit 71a, respectively, and control the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 17a-1 according to the control of the control processing unit 71a. An actuator such as a motor that generates power (driving force, rotational force) for rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel). The first power source 18a-1 is attached to the holding frame of the first bogie 16a-1 and the first axle (or the first axle (or the second axle) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). The rotational force is transmitted to the second wheel, thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel). The second power source 19a-1 is attached to the holding frame of the second bogie 17a-1 and the first axle (or the first axle (or the second axle) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). The rotational force is transmitted to the second wheel, thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
 撮像用移動部3aは、第1および第2基台31a、35aと、第1および第2立設部材32a、34aと、梁部材33aと、第1および第2台車36a、37aと、第1および第2動力源38a、39aとを備える。 The imaging moving unit 3a includes first and second bases 31a and 35a, first and second standing members 32a and 34a, beam members 33a, first and second carriages 36a and 37a, And second power sources 38a and 39a.
 第1および第2基台31a、35aは、それぞれ、板状の部材であり、第1および第2立設部材32a、34aならびに梁部材33aは、それぞれ、柱状(ロッド状)の部材であり、第1基台31a、第1立設部材32a、梁部材33a、第2立設部材34aおよび第2基台35aは、この順で順次に固定的に連結(接続)され、正面視にて門状(略コ字形状、略C字形状)を呈し、第1基台31a、第1立設部材32a、梁部材33a、第2立設部34aおよび第2基台35aにおける複数の所定の箇所(位置)で複数の撮像部CAを保持する第1保持部材を形成する。すなわち、第1立設部材32aの下端部(一方端部)は、略垂直に立設するように第1基台31aに固定的に連結され、第1立設部材32aの上端部(他方端部)は、互いに直交するように梁部材33aの左方端部(一方端部)に固定的に連結される。第2立設部材34aの下端部(一方端部)は、略垂直に立設するように第2基台35aに固定的に連結され、第2立設部材34aの上端部(他方端部)は、互いに直交するように梁部材33aの右方端部(他方端部)に固定的に連結される。そして、本実施形態では、図3に示すように、第1立設部材32aの下方端部の第1位置に第1撮像部CA-1が斜め上方に向けて取り付けられ、第1立設部材32aにおける中央位置から所定の間隔を空けた上下それぞれの所定の第2および第3位置それぞれに第2および第3撮像部CA-2、CA-3それぞれが取り付けられ、第1立設部材32aの上方端部の第4位置に第4撮像部CA-4が斜め下方に向けて取り付けられ、梁部材33aにおける中央位置の第6位置に第6撮像部CA-6が取り付けられ、梁部材33aにおける中央位置から所定の間隔を空けた左右それぞれの第5および第7位置それぞれに第5および第7撮像部CA-5、CA-7それぞれが取り付けられ、第2立設部材34aの下方端部の第11位置に第11撮像部CA-11が斜め上方に向けて取り付けられ、第2立設部材34aにおける中央位置から所定の間隔を空けた上下それぞれの所定の第9および第10位置それぞれに第9および第10撮像部CA-9、CA-10それぞれが取り付けられ、第2立設部材34aの上方端部の第8位置に第8撮像部CA-8が斜め下方に向けて取り付けられる。 The first and second bases 31a and 35a are plate-shaped members, respectively, and the first and second standing members 32a and 34a and the beam member 33a are column-shaped (rod-shaped) members, respectively. The first base 31a, the first standing member 32a, the beam member 33a, the second standing member 34a, and the second base 35a are sequentially fixedly connected (connected) in this order, and the gate is viewed from the front. (Substantially U-shaped, substantially C-shaped), and a plurality of predetermined locations on the first base 31a, the first standing member 32a, the beam member 33a, the second standing portion 34a, and the second base 35a. At (position), a first holding member that holds the plurality of imaging units CA is formed. That is, the lower end (one end) of the first standing member 32a is fixedly connected to the first base 31a so as to stand substantially vertically, and the upper end (the other end) of the first standing member 32a. The parts are fixedly connected to the left end (one end) of the beam member 33a so as to be orthogonal to each other. The lower end (one end) of the second standing member 34a is fixedly connected to the second base 35a so as to stand substantially vertically, and the upper end (the other end) of the second standing member 34a. Are fixedly connected to the right end (the other end) of the beam member 33a so as to be orthogonal to each other. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the first imaging unit CA-1 is attached obliquely upward at a first position at the lower end of the first upright member 32a. The second and third imaging units CA-2 and CA-3 are attached to predetermined upper and lower second and third positions, respectively, at a predetermined distance from the center position of the first standing member 32a. A fourth imaging unit CA-4 is attached obliquely downward at a fourth position at the upper end, and a sixth imaging unit CA-6 is attached at a sixth position at the center of the beam member 33a. Fifth and seventh imaging units CA-5 and CA-7 are respectively attached to the left and right fifth and seventh positions spaced apart from the center position by a predetermined distance, respectively. 11th shooting at 11th position The portion CA-11 is mounted obliquely upward, and the ninth and tenth imaging units CA are respectively located at predetermined ninth and tenth positions above and below a predetermined distance from the center position of the second upright member 34a. -9 and CA-10 are attached, and an eighth imaging unit CA-8 is attached obliquely downward at an eighth position of the upper end of the second standing member 34a.
 第1および第2台車36a、37aは、それぞれ、第1車軸によって連結された左右1対の円形部材を備える第1車輪と、第2車軸によって連結された左右1対の円形部材を備える第2車輪と、前記第1および第2車輪を前後に間隔あけて回転可能に保持する保持枠と、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた減速機とを備える。第1台車36aの前記保持枠上には、第1基台31aが固定的に連結され、第2台車37aの前記保持枠上には、第2基台35aが固定的に連結される。 The first and second bogies 36a and 37a each include a first wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a first axle, and a second wheel having a pair of left and right circular members connected by a second axle. The vehicle includes a wheel, a holding frame that rotatably holds the first and second wheels at an interval in the front-rear direction, and a speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). A first base 31a is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the first carriage 36a, and a second base 35a is fixedly connected to the holding frame of the second carriage 37a.
 第1および第2動力源38a、39aは、それぞれ、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる動力(駆動力、回転力)を生成する、例えばモータ等のアクチュエータである。第1動力源38aは、第1台車36aの前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた前記減速機を介して前記第1車軸(または前記第2車輪)に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる。第2動力源39aは、第2台車37aの前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記第1車軸(または前記第2車軸)に取り付けられた前記減速機を介して前記第1車軸(または前記第2車輪)に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記第1車輪(または前記第2車輪)を回転させる。 The first and second power sources 38a and 39a are connected to a control processing unit 71a, respectively, and drive (drive force, rotation) for rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel) under the control of the control processing unit 71a. Force), for example, an actuator such as a motor. The first power source 38a is attached to the holding frame of the first bogie 36a and the first axle (or the second wheel) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). ), Thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel). The second power source 39a is attached to the holding frame of the second bogie 37a and the first axle (or the second wheel) via the speed reducer attached to the first axle (or the second axle). ), Thereby rotating the first wheel (or the second wheel).
 このような構成の第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2は、この順で順次に配置される。すなわち、第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2間に、撮像用移動部3aが配置される。そして、第1照明用移動部1a-1の梁部材13a-1、撮像用移動部3aの梁部材33aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2の梁部材13a-2の各長さは、第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1台車16a-1の前記第1および第2車輪、撮像用移動部31aにおける第1台車36aの前記第1および第2車輪、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1a-2における第1台車16a-2の前記第1および第2車輪が互いに同一線上に並ぶとともに、第1照明用移動部1a-1における第2台車17a-1の前記第1および第2車輪、撮像用移動部31aにおける第2台車37aの前記第1および第2車輪、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1a-2における第2台車17a-2の前記第1および第2車輪が互いに同一線上に並ぶように、調整される。 1 The first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 having such a configuration are sequentially arranged in this order. That is, the imaging moving unit 3a is arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2. The lengths of the beam member 13a-1 of the first illumination moving section 1a-1, the beam member 33a of the imaging moving section 3a, and the beam member 13a-2 of the second illumination moving section 1a-2 are The first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-1 in the first moving unit 1a-1, the first and second wheels of the first truck 36a in the imaging moving unit 31a, and the second moving of the truck. The first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-2 in the unit 1a-2 are aligned with each other, and the first and second wheels of the second truck 17a-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1a-1. The wheels, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37a in the imaging moving section 31a, and the first and second wheels of the second carriage 17a-2 in the second lighting moving section 1a-2 are the same as each other. Adjusted to line up on the line
 そして、被検査物SPを検査する所定の検査場所には、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとの相対的な移動を案内し、撮像部CAと照明部LPとの相対的な移動を案内する案内部材が配置されている。 Then, a relative movement between the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP is guided to a predetermined inspection location for inspecting the inspection object SP, and the relative movement between the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP is guided. A guide member for guiding the movement is arranged.
 より具体的には、前記案内部材は、第1照明用移動部1a-1の第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1、撮像用移動部3aの第1および第2台車36a、37a、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1a-2の第1および第2台車16a-2、17a-2それぞれを案内するために、左右1対の第1および第2案内部材51a、52aを備える。第1案内部材51aは、所定の移動方向に沿って長尺な左右1対の柱状の第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2を備え、第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2は、所定の間隔を空けて平行に並置するように、前記検査場所に敷設される。第2案内部材52aは、第1案内部材51aと同様に、前記移動方向に沿って長尺な左右1対の柱状の第1および第2ガイドレール52a-1、52a-2を備え、第1および第2ガイドレール52a-1、52a-2は、所定の間隔を空けて平行に並置するように、前記検査場所に敷設される。そして、これら第1および第2案内部材51a、52aは、第1照明用移動部1a-1の梁部材13a-1、撮像用移動部3aの梁部材33aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2の梁部材13a-2の各長さに応じた間隔を空けて平行に並置される。 More specifically, the guide member includes first and second carriages 16a-1 and 17a-1 of the first illumination moving section 1a-1, and first and second carriages 36a and 37a of the imaging moving section 3a. And a pair of left and right first and second guide members 51a and 52a for guiding the first and second carriages 16a-2 and 17a-2 of the second illumination moving section 1a-2, respectively. The first guide member 51a includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 that are long in a predetermined moving direction, and the first and second guide rails 51a-1. , 51a-2 are laid at the inspection place so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval. Like the first guide member 51a, the second guide member 52a includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 that are long in the moving direction. The second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 are laid at the inspection place so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval. The first and second guide members 51a and 52a are formed by the beam member 13a-1 of the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the beam member 33a of the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. Of the beam members 13a-2 are juxtaposed in parallel with an interval corresponding to each length.
 第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2は、第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1台車16a-1の前記第1および第2車輪、撮像用移動部3aにおける第1台車36aの前記第1および第2車輪、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1a-2における第1台車16a-2の前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1案内部材51aの第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2上に載せられて第1案内部材51aの第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2で案内(ガイド)され、第1照明用移動部1a-1における第2台車17a-1の前記第1および第2車輪、撮像用移動部3aにおける第2台車37aの前記第1および第2車輪、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1a-2における第2台車17a-2の前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第2案内部材52aの第1および第2ガイドレール52a-1、52a-2上に載せられて第2案内部材52aの第1および第2ガイドレール52a-1、52a-2で案内(ガイド)されるように、配置される。 The first lighting moving section 1a-1, the imaging moving section 3a, and the second lighting moving section 1a-2 are provided by the first and second carriages 16a-1 of the first lighting moving section 1a-1. The wheels, the first and second wheels of the first truck 36a in the imaging moving unit 3a, and the first and second wheels of the first truck 16a-2 in the second lighting moving unit 1a-2 are respectively the first and second wheels. The first guide member 51a is placed on the first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 and guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 51a-1 and 51a-2 of the first guide member 51a. The first and second wheels of the second carriage 17a-1 in the first lighting moving section 1a-1, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37a in the imaging moving section 3a, and the second lighting In the moving unit 1a-2 The first and second wheels of the two carriages 17a-2 are respectively mounted on the first and second guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2 of the second guide member 52a, and the first and second wheels of the second guide member 52a are respectively mounted. It is arranged so as to be guided (guided) by the two guide rails 52a-1 and 52a-2.
 第1照明用移動部1a-1に保持された第1照明部LP-1は、制御処理部71aの制御によって第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1が同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1の各前記減速機を介して各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)に伝達され、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1の各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)が回転し、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1の各前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51a、52aの第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2;52a-1、52a-2に案内され、第1および第2案内部材51a、52aに沿って移動する。同様に、撮像用移動部3aに保持された複数の撮像部CA(本実施形態では第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11)は、制御処理部71aの制御によって第1および第2動力源38a、39aが同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2台車36a、37aの各前記減速機を介して各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)に伝達され、第1および第2台車36a、37aの各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)が回転し、第1および第2台車36a、37aの各前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51a、52aの第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2;52a-1、52a-2に案内され、第1および第2案内部材51a、52aに沿って移動する。同様に、第2照明用移動部1a-2に保持された第2照明部LP-2は、制御処理部71aの制御によって第1および第2動力源18a-2、19a-2が同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2台車16a-2、17a-2の各前記減速機を介して各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)に伝達され、第1および第2台車16a-2、17a-2の各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)が回転し、第1および第2台車16a-2、17a-2の各前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51a、52aの第1および第2ガイドレール51a-1、51a-2;52a-1、52a-2に案内され、第1および第2案内部材51a、52aに沿って移動する。 When the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71a, the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 is activated. Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) via each of the speed reducers of the first and second bogies 16a-1 and 17a-1, and the first and second bogies 16a- Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the wheels 1 and 17a-1 rotates, and the first and second wheels of the first and second trucks 16a-1 and 17a-1 are respectively the first and second wheels. The second guide members 51a, 52a are guided by the first and second guide rails 51a-1, 51a-2; 52a-1, 52a-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51a, 52a. Similarly, the plurality of imaging units CA (the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the present embodiment) held by the imaging moving unit 3a are controlled by the control processing unit 71a. When the two power sources 38a, 39a operate synchronously, their respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective reduction gears of the first and second carriages 36a, 37a. Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the first and second bogies 36a, 37a rotates, and each of the first and second wheels of the first and second bogies 36a, 37a becomes the first wheel. And the second guide members 51a, 52a are guided by the first and second guide rails 51a-1, 51a-2; 52a-1, 52a-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51a, 52a. . Similarly, the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 is synchronized with the first and second power sources 18a-2 and 19a-2 by the control of the control processing unit 71a. When operated, the respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective speed reducers of the first and second bogies 16a-2 and 17a-2, and the first and second wheels are transmitted. Each of the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the carts 16a-2 and 17a-2 rotates, and each of the first and second wheels of the first and second carts 16a-2 and 17a-2 respectively. Guided by the first and second guide rails 51a-1, 51a-2; 52a-1, 52a-2 of the first and second guide members 51a, 52a, along the first and second guide members 51a, 52a. Moving.
 したがって、本実施形態では、照明部LPは、移動部MVaによる移動方向に沿って所定の距離だけ離間して配置された複数、この例では、2個の第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2である。これら第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、それぞれ、明領域BAと暗領域DAとの組を複数、移動部MVaによる移動方向に沿って順次に形成して照明光として照射する。複数の撮像部CAは、移動部MVaによる移動方向に交差する交差方向、この例では直交方向に沿って配置される。 Therefore, in the present embodiment, the illumination unit LP is a plurality of illumination units LP arranged at a predetermined distance along the moving direction of the moving unit MVa, in this example, two first and second illumination units LP-1. , LP-2. Each of the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 sequentially forms a plurality of sets of a light area BA and a dark area DA along the moving direction of the moving unit MVa and irradiates them as illumination light. I do. The plurality of imaging units CA are arranged in an intersecting direction that intersects the moving direction of the moving unit MVa, in this example, an orthogonal direction.
 図4において、入力部72は、制御処理部71aに接続され、例えば、検査の開始を指示するコマンド等の各種コマンド、および、例えば被検査物SPの名称等の前記検査を行う上で必要な各種データを、表面検査装置Daに入力する装置であり、例えば、所定の機能を割り付けられた複数の入力スイッチ、キーボードおよびマウス等である。出力部73は、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、入力部72から入力されたコマンドやデータ、および、当該表面検査装置Daによって求められた検出結果を出力する装置であり、例えばLCD(液晶表示装置)および有機ELディスプレイ等の表示装置やプリンタ等の印刷装置等である。 In FIG. 4, an input unit 72 is connected to the control processing unit 71a, and is necessary for performing various inspections such as a command for instructing the start of an inspection and the inspection such as a name of the inspection object SP, for example. This is a device for inputting various data to the surface inspection device Da, and is, for example, a plurality of input switches to which predetermined functions are assigned, a keyboard, a mouse, and the like. The output unit 73 is a device that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and outputs a command or data input from the input unit 72 and a detection result obtained by the surface inspection device Da according to the control of the control processing unit 71a. There are, for example, display devices such as LCDs (Liquid Crystal Display Devices) and organic EL displays, and printing devices such as printers.
 なお、入力部72および出力部73からタッチパネルが構成されてもよい。このタッチパネルを構成する場合において、入力部72は、例えば抵抗膜方式や静電容量方式等の操作位置を検出して入力する位置入力装置であり、出力部73は、表示装置である。このタッチパネルでは、表示装置の表示面上に位置入力装置が設けられ、表示装置に入力可能な1または複数の入力内容の候補が表示され、ユーザが、入力したい入力内容を表示した表示位置を触れると、位置入力装置によってその位置が検出され、検出された位置に表示された表示内容がユーザの操作入力内容として表面検査装置Daに入力される。このようなタッチパネルでは、ユーザは、入力操作を直感的に理解し易いので、ユーザにとって取り扱い易い表面検査装置Daが提供される。 The touch panel may include the input unit 72 and the output unit 73. In the case of configuring this touch panel, the input unit 72 is a position input device for detecting and inputting an operation position of, for example, a resistive type or a capacitive type, and the output unit 73 is a display device. In this touch panel, a position input device is provided on the display surface of the display device, one or more candidates for input content that can be input to the display device are displayed, and the user touches a display position where the input content desired to be input is displayed. Then, the position is detected by the position input device, and the display content displayed at the detected position is input to the surface inspection device Da as the operation input content of the user. With such a touch panel, the user can easily and intuitively understand the input operation, so that the surface inspection device Da that is easy for the user to handle is provided.
 IF部74は、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、外部機器との間でデータの入出力を行う回路であり、例えば、シリアル通信方式であるRS-232Cのインターフェース回路、Bluetooth(登録商標)規格を用いたインターフェース回路、IrDA(Infrared Data Asscoiation)規格等の赤外線通信を行うインターフェース回路、および、USB(Universal Serial Bus)規格を用いたインターフェース回路等である。また、IF部74は、外部機器との間で通信を行う回路であり、例えば、データ通信カードや、IEEE802.11規格等に従った通信インターフェース回路等であっても良い。 The IF unit 74 is a circuit that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and that inputs and outputs data to and from external devices under the control of the control processing unit 71a. For example, an interface circuit of an RS-232C serial communication system is used. , An interface circuit using the Bluetooth (registered trademark) standard, an interface circuit for performing infrared communication such as the IrDA (Infrared Data Association) standard, and an interface circuit using the USB (Universal Serial Bus) standard. The IF unit 74 is a circuit that performs communication with an external device, and may be, for example, a data communication card, a communication interface circuit that conforms to the IEEE 802.11 standard, or the like.
 記憶部75は、制御処理部71aに接続され、制御処理部71aの制御に従って、各種の所定のプログラムおよび各種の所定のデータを記憶する回路である。 The storage unit 75 is a circuit that is connected to the control processing unit 71a and stores various predetermined programs and various predetermined data under the control of the control processing unit 71a.
 前記各種の所定のプログラムには、制御プログラム、移動制御プログラムおよび検査処理プログラム等が含まれる。前記制御プログラムは、表面検査装置Daの各部LP、CA、72~74を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御するプログラムである。前記移動制御プログラムは、移動部MVaの移動動作を制御するプログラムである。前記検査処理プログラムは、撮像部CAによって生成された画像に基づいて被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するプログラムである。前記各種の所定のデータには、例えば被検査物SPの名称等の、各プログラムを実行する上で必要なデータ等が含まれる。 The various predetermined programs include a control program, a movement control program, an inspection processing program, and the like. The control program is a program for controlling each unit LP, CA, 72 to 74 of the surface inspection apparatus Da according to the function of each unit. The movement control program is a program for controlling the movement operation of the movement unit MVa. The inspection processing program is a program for inspecting the surface condition of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP based on the image generated by the imaging unit CA. The various types of predetermined data include, for example, data necessary for executing each program, such as the name of the inspection object SP.
 記憶部75は、例えば不揮発性の記憶素子であるROM(Read Only Memory)や書き換え可能な不揮発性の記憶素子であるEEPROM(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory)等を備える。記憶部75は、前記所定のプログラムの実行中に生じるデータ等を記憶するいわゆる制御処理部71aのワーキングメモリとなるRAM(Random Access Memory)等を含む。 The storage unit 75 includes, for example, a ROM (Read Only Memory) that is a nonvolatile storage element, an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) that is a rewritable nonvolatile storage element, and the like. The storage unit 75 includes a RAM (Random Access Memory) serving as a working memory of a so-called control processing unit 71a that stores data and the like generated during execution of the predetermined program.
 制御処理部71aは、表面検査装置Daの各部LP、CA、MVa、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するための回路である。制御処理部71aは、例えば、CPU(Central Processing Unit)およびその周辺回路を備えて構成される。制御処理部71aは、前記制御処理プログラムが実行されることによって、制御部711、移動制御部712aおよび検査処理部713を機能的に備える。 The control processing unit 71a controls the respective units LP, CA, MVa, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Da according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is. The control processing unit 71a includes, for example, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and its peripheral circuits. The control processing unit 71a functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712a, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program.
 制御部711は、表面検査装置Daの各部LP、CA、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、表面検査装置Da全体の制御を司るものである。 The control unit 711 controls each unit LP, CA, 72 to 75 of the surface inspection device Da according to the function of each unit, and controls the entire surface inspection device Da.
 移動制御部712aは、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を保持する前記第1保持部材31a~35aを移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1および第2動力源38a、39aを制御し、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを保持する前記第2保持部材11a-1~15a-1;11a-2~15a-2を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1;18a-2、19a-2を制御することで、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向に移動させるように、移動部MVaの移動動作を制御するものである。被検査物SPの被検査面は、撮像部CAの撮像範囲より広い面積を持つため、本実施形態では、前記被検査面は、被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿って互いに異なる複数の検査領域に分割され、前記複数の検査領域を備える。移動制御部712aは、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を撮像用移動部3aならびに第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2を介して前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記被検査物SPにおける当該検査領域を撮像するように停止された第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2を介して移動させる。このような移動制御部712aの制御によって、移動部MVaは、後述のように、移動の動作を行う。 The movement control unit 712a includes first and second power sources 38a that generate first power for moving the first holding members 31a to 35a that hold the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. , 39a to move the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1; 11a-2 to 15a-2 holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively. By controlling the first and second power sources 18a-1, 19a-1; 18a-2, 19a-2 that generate the second power, the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-1 to the inspection object SP are controlled. CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first position. And the second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 As it is moved in the one direction along the moving direction, and controls the movement of the movable portion MVa. Since the inspection surface of the inspection object SP has a larger area than the imaging range of the imaging unit CA, in the present embodiment, the inspection surface has a plurality of inspections different from each other along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. A plurality of inspection areas; The movement control unit 712a controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 with respect to the inspection object SP by using the imaging movement unit 3a and the first imaging unit. And moving through the second illumination moving sections 1a-1 and 1a-2 so as to be sequentially positioned in the plurality of inspection areas, respectively, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas, the inspection area in the inspection object SP in each of the plurality of inspection areas. The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved to the first and second illumination moving units 1a- with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 stopped so as to capture images. 1, 1a-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712a, the movement unit MVa performs a movement operation as described later.
 検査処理部713は、撮像部CAによって生成された画像に基づいて被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するプログラムである。本実施形態では、前記画像は、前記被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記被検査面それぞれを撮像することによって得られた複数である。このような複数の画像では、時系列順に並べて1つの画素に注目すると、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2が明領域BAと暗領域DAとを交互に繰り返す照明光で被検査面を照明し、撮像部CAは、所定の入射角で照明された光を観察(受光)するので、欠陥のない表面状態では、時系列順に並べられた複数の画素値は、この明暗パターンを反映したプロファイルになり、一方、欠陥が生じている表面状態では、欠陥の無い表面状態で得られるものと異なるプロファイルになる。このため、検査処理部713は、このプロファイルの差異を計算し、例えば予め設定された所定の閾値と比較することで判定する。これによって検査処理部713は、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査する。 The inspection processing unit 713 is a program that inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP based on the image generated by the imaging unit CA. In the present embodiment, the plurality of images are obtained by imaging each of the inspected surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of mutually different incident angles with respect to the inspected surface at mutually different timings. In such a plurality of images, when one pixel is arranged in chronological order and attention is paid to the pixels, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are covered with illumination light in which the bright area BA and the dark area DA are alternately repeated. Since the imaging surface CA illuminates the inspection surface and observes (receives) the light illuminated at a predetermined incident angle, a plurality of pixel values arranged in chronological order in the surface state without a defect have the light-dark pattern. On the other hand, in the surface state where a defect occurs, the profile becomes different from that obtained in the surface state without a defect. Therefore, the inspection processing unit 713 calculates the difference between the profiles, and makes a determination by comparing the calculated difference with, for example, a predetermined threshold value. Thereby, the inspection processing unit 713 inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP.
 前記欠陥は、同じ入射角で光が入射される場合に、欠陥の有無に応じてその反射方向や反射率が変わるものである。例えば、前記欠陥は、表面に形成された凹部や凸部等である。また例えば、塗装された塗装面の状態を検査する場合では、前記欠陥は、いわゆる「ブツ」、「ダレ」および「ハジキ」等と呼称される塗装面における凹凸を含む塗装不良等である。被検査物SPは、前記欠陥を生じ得るものであれば、特に限定されず、例えば、車両のボディー等である。 欠 陥 When light is incident at the same incident angle, the defect changes its reflection direction and reflectivity according to the presence or absence of the defect. For example, the defect is a concave portion or a convex portion formed on the surface. Further, for example, in the case of inspecting the state of a painted surface, the defect is a painting defect including irregularities on the painted surface, which are so-called "bud", "drip", "repelling" and the like. The inspection object SP is not particularly limited as long as it can cause the defect, and is, for example, a vehicle body.
 次に、本実施形態の動作について説明する。図5は、第1実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。図5Aは、最初の第1検査領域に表面検査装置Daを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図5Bは、前記第1検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図5Cは、次の第2検査領域に表面検査装置Daを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図5Dは、前記第2検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図5Eは、最後の第L検査領域に表面検査装置Daを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図5Fは、前記第F検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図である。なお、図5は、後述から分かるように、第2実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図でもある。 Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the first embodiment. FIG. 5A is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the first first inspection region, and FIG. 5B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection region. FIG. 5C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 5C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the next second inspection region. FIG. FIG. 5E is a diagram for describing a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG. 5E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Da is moved to the last L-th inspection region. FIG. 5F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region. In addition, FIG. 5 is also a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection apparatus of the second embodiment, as will be understood from the description below.
 このような構成の表面検査装置Daは、その電源が投入されると、必要な各部の初期化を実行し、その稼働を始める。その制御処理プログラムの実行によって、制御処理部71aには、制御部711、移動制御部712aおよび検査処理部713が機能的に構成される。 (4) When the power is turned on, the surface inspection apparatus Da having such a configuration performs initialization of necessary parts and starts its operation. By executing the control processing program, the control processing unit 71a functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712a, and the inspection processing unit 713.
 図5には、説明の都合上、第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2の図示が省略され、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が概略的に図示されており、以下の説明では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2の各動きによって、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daの動作が説明されるが、上述のように、第1照明部LP-1は、第1照明用移動部1a-1に保持され、第1照明用移動部1a-1の移動によって移動し、撮像部CAは、撮像用移動部3aに保持され、撮像用移動部3aの移動によって移動し、第2照明部LP-2は、第2照明用移動部1a-2に保持され、第2照明用移動部1a-2の移動によって移動する。後述の図8、図10および図12でも同様である。 In FIG. 5, for convenience of explanation, the illustration of the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 is omitted. The imaging unit CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 are schematically illustrated. In the following description, each movement of the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 will be described. Will explain the operation of the surface inspection apparatus Da in the first embodiment, but as described above, the first illumination unit LP-1 is held by the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, and the first illumination unit LP-1 The imaging unit CA is moved by the movement of the movement unit 1a-1, the imaging unit CA is held by the imaging movement unit 3a, moves by the movement of the imaging movement unit 3a, and the second illumination unit LP-2 is moved by the second illumination. It is held by the unit 1a-2 and moves by the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. The same applies to FIGS. 8, 10 and 12 described later.
 以下の説明では、被検査物SPの被検査面は、1個の撮像部CAによって撮像できる撮像範囲(画角)よりも広い。このため、被検査物SPの被検査面は、前記移動方向に沿って、1個の撮像部CAによって撮像できる前記撮像範囲に応じて複数の検査領域(第1ないし第L検査領域、Lは2以上の整数)に分割されるものとする。後述の第2ないし第5実施形態でも同様である。このような場合には、被検査物SPと複数の撮像部CAとの位置関係(被検査物SPに対する複数の撮像部CAの位置)を検出する必要がある。この位置関係は、予め被測定物SPの3次元形状データを持っておくことで、3次元空間内で各撮像部CAに対して適切に設定できる。実際には被測定物SPは、検査領域に配置された場合に姿勢誤差を持つが、図示はないが別の撮像装置および距離センサで被測定物SPの姿勢が検知され、3次元空間内での撮像部CAとの位置関係が正しく補正される。後述の第2ないし第5実施形態でも同様である。また、図5では、所定の移動方向は、例えば、紙面左右方向であり、前記移動方向における一方向は、紙面左から右に向かう方向であり、前記移動方向における逆方向は、紙面右から左に向かう方向である。後述の図8でも同様である。 In the following description, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP is wider than the imaging range (angle of view) that can be imaged by one imaging unit CA. For this reason, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP has a plurality of inspection areas (first to L-th inspection areas, where L is the same as the inspection area) that can be imaged by one imaging unit CA along the movement direction. (An integer of 2 or more). The same applies to the second to fifth embodiments described later. In such a case, it is necessary to detect the positional relationship between the inspection object SP and the plurality of imaging units CA (the positions of the imaging units CA with respect to the inspection object SP). This positional relationship can be appropriately set for each imaging unit CA in the three-dimensional space by having the three-dimensional shape data of the measured object SP in advance. Actually, the measured object SP has a posture error when placed in the inspection area, but the posture of the measured object SP is detected by another imaging device and a distance sensor (not shown), Is correctly corrected with respect to the imaging unit CA. The same applies to the second to fifth embodiments described later. In FIG. 5, the predetermined moving direction is, for example, the horizontal direction on the paper, one direction in the moving direction is a direction from left to right on the paper, and the opposite direction in the moving direction is left to right on the paper. Direction. The same applies to FIG. 8 described later.
 例えば検査開始の指示を入力部72で受け付けると、図5において、まず、制御処理部71aの移動制御部712aは、図5Aに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pa1-1、第12位置Pa1-2および第13位置Pa1-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が1つの纏まりとして扱われ、被検査物SPに対し第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2は、前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。ここで、第11位置Pa1-1、第12位置Pa1-2および第13位置Pa1-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pa1-2は、この図5Aに示す例では、撮像用移動部3aが第2照明用移動部1a-2に当接している当接状態での位置または第2照明用移動部1a-2側に寄った位置である。なお、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pa1-2は、撮像用移動部3aが第1照明用移動部1a-1に当接している当接状態での位置または第1照明用移動部1a-1側に寄った位置であっても良い。 For example, when an instruction to start an inspection is received by the input unit 72, first, in FIG. 5, the movement control unit 712a of the control processing unit 71a determines that the plurality of imaging units CA The first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively moved to the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1- so as to image the surface. 3 is moved in one direction along the moving direction by the first lighting moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second lighting moving unit 1a-2. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP-1, The plurality of imaging units CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 move in one direction along the moving direction. Here, the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA are arranged. In the example shown in FIG. 5A, the twelfth position Pa1-2 is a position in the contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the second lighting moving unit 1a-2 or the second lighting movement. The position is closer to the portion 1a-2. The twelfth position Pa1-2, which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the first lighting moving unit 1a-1, or a first lighting position. The position may be closer to the moving unit 1a-1 side.
 続いて、図5Bに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第12位置Pa1-2に停止され、移動制御部712aは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pa1-1および第13位置Pa1-3それぞれから、第14位置Pa1-4および第16位置Pa1-6それぞれまで、第1照明用移動部1a-1および第2照明用移動部1a-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が個別に扱われ、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って一方向に互いに同じ移動速度で移動される。ここで、第11位置Pa1-1、第14位置Pa1-4、第12位置Pa1-2、第13位置Pa1-3および第16位置Pa1-6は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pa1-2は、この図5Bに示す例では、撮像用移動部3aが第1照明用移動部1a-1に当接している当接状態での位置または第1照明用移動部1a-1側に寄った位置となる。なお、上述の、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pa1-2が、撮像用移動部3aが第1照明用移動部1a-1に当接している当接状態での位置または第1照明用移動部1a-1側に寄った位置あった場合では、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pa1-2は、撮像用移動部3aが第2照明用移動部1a-2に当接している当接状態での位置または第2照明用移動部1a-2側に寄った位置となり、この場合では、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って前記一方向の逆の逆方向に互いに同じ移動速度で移動することになる。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71aは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71aへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 5B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the movement control unit 712a controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively. From the eleventh position Pa1-1 and the thirteenth position Pa1-3 to the fourteenth position Pa1-4 and the sixteenth position Pa1-6, respectively, the first lighting moving part 1a-1 and the second lighting moving part 1a- 2 moves in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed. Here, the eleventh position Pa1-1, the fourteenth position Pa1-4, the twelfth position Pa1-2, the thirteenth position Pa1-3, and the sixteenth position Pa1-6 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction. In the example shown in FIG. 5B, the twelfth position Pa1-2, which is arranged along one direction and is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is such that the imaging moving unit 3a abuts on the first illumination moving unit 1a-1. In the abutted state or a position closer to the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 side. The twelfth position Pa1-2, which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is the position in the contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 or the twelfth position Pa1-2. In the case where there is a position closer to the one illumination moving unit 1a-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, which is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA, is determined by the imaging moving unit 3a being the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. Or the position close to the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 side. In this case, the first illumination unit LP-1 is supplied to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. And the second illumination unit LP-2 moves in the opposite direction to the one direction at the same moving speed along the moving direction. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the stopped plurality of imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71a outputs the first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71a.
 このように第1検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712aは、図5Cに示すように、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが次の第2検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pa2-1、第22位置Pa2-2および第23位置Pa2-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2それぞれによって移動する。ここで、第21位置Pa2-1、第22位置Pa2-2および第23位置Pa2-3は、それぞれ、上述と同様に、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第22位置Pa2-2は、この図5Cに示す例では、撮像用移動部3aが第2照明用移動部1a-2に当接している当接状態での位置または第2照明用移動部1a-2側に寄った位置である。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region are obtained in this manner, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5C, the movement control unit 712a performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described using FIG. 5A. The first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively positioned at the 21st position such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection region. The first moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second moving unit 1a-2 move to Pa2-1, the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the 23rd position Pa2-3, respectively. Here, the twenty-first position Pa2-1, the twenty-second position Pa2-2, and the twenty-third position Pa2-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in one direction in the same manner as described above. In the example shown in FIG. 5C, the 22nd position Pa2-2 that is the position of the imaging unit CA is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3a is in contact with the second illumination moving unit 1a-2. This is a position closer to the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 side.
 続いて、図5Dに示すように、図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが第22位置Pa2-2に停止され、移動制御部712aは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pa2-1および第23位置Pa2-3それぞれから、第24位置Pa2-4および第26位置Pa2-6それぞれまで、第1照明用移動部1a-1および第2照明用移動部1a-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。ここで、第21位置Pa2-1、第24位置Pa2-4、第22位置Pa2-2、第23位置Pa2-3および第26位置Pa2-6は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第22位置Pa2-2は、この図5Dに示す例では、撮像用移動部3aが第1照明用移動部1a-1に当接している当接状態での位置または第1照明用移動部1a-1側に寄った位置となる。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71aは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第2検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させ、これによって生成された複数の画像を、複数の撮像部CAは、それぞれ、制御処理部71aへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 5D, similarly to the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 5B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twenty-second position Pa2-2, and the movement control unit 712a outputs the first illumination. The first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively illuminated from the 21st position Pa2-1 and the 23rd position Pa2-3 to the 24th position Pa2-4 and the 26th position Pa2-6, respectively. The first moving unit 1a-1 and the second illuminating moving unit 1a-2 move in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. Here, the 21st position Pa2-1, the 24th position Pa2-4, the 22nd position Pa2-2, the 23rd position Pa2-3, and the 26th position Pa2-6 are sequentially in this order in the moving direction. In the example shown in FIG. 5D, the 22nd position Pa2-2 that is arranged along one direction and is the position of the plurality of imaging units CA is such that the imaging moving unit 3a abuts on the first illumination moving unit 1a-1. In the abutted state or a position closer to the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 side. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the stopped plurality of imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71a sends a first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71a, respectively.
 以下、図5Eおよび図5Fに示すように、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られるまで、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が繰り返され、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られる。 Hereinafter, as shown in FIG. 5E and FIG. 5F, the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B are described until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained. Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed. Are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
 そして、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られると、続いて、制御処理部71aの検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面それぞれについて、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像に基づいて当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その検査結果を出力部73に出力する。なお、検査処理部713は、必要に応じて前記検査結果をIF部74から外部機器へ出力しても良い。 Then, when a plurality of images for the inspection surface of each inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region. The surface condition of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73. Note that the inspection processing unit 713 may output the inspection result from the IF unit 74 to an external device as needed.
 なお、上述では、検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像を得た後に、各検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を纏めて検査したが、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が実行され、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られた後に、検査処理部713は、当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その後、次の検査領域の被検査面を検査するために、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作が実行されても良い。あるいは、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られた後に、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が実行され、これら前記各移動動作の実行中に、検査処理部713は、当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査しても良い。 In the above description, the inspection processing unit 713 collects and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface in each inspection region after obtaining a plurality of images for the inspection surface in each inspection region. After each of the above-described moving operations and the respective moving operations described above with reference to FIG. 5B are performed and a plurality of images on the inspection surface of the inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 Then, the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A may be executed in order to inspect the surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection region and then inspect the inspection surface in the next inspection region. Alternatively, after a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the inspection area are obtained, each of the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 5A and the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 5B is performed. The inspection processing unit 713 may execute the moving operation, and may inspect the surface state of the inspection target surface in the inspection area.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよびこれに実装された表面検査方法は、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させる移動部MVaを備えるので、移動方向に交差する交差方向に複数の撮像部CA、本実施形態では11個の第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を備えても、前記移動方向における撮像部CAの個数を増加する必要がないので、撮像部CAの個数をより低減でき、前記交差方向に複数の撮像部CAを備えることで、検査時間をより低減できる。したがって、上記表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法は、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部CAの個数や検査時間をより低減できる。例えば、倍率を2倍にすると、撮像範囲が1/4になってしまう結果、検査領域の個数が4倍となり、したがって、従来では、撮像部の個数が4倍になってしまったり、検査時間が4倍になってしまう。しかしながら、本実施形態では、倍率を2倍にしても、撮像部CAの個数が2倍で検査時間が2倍で済む。 As described above, the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method mounted thereon according to the present embodiment include the moving unit MVa that relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP. Even if there are a plurality of imaging units CA in the cross direction intersecting the moving direction, in this embodiment, eleven first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11, the number of the imaging units CA in the moving direction Need not be increased, the number of imaging units CA can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units CA in the cross direction. Therefore, the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method can further reduce the number of the imaging units CA and the inspection time even if the above-described technique of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted. For example, if the magnification is doubled, the imaging range is reduced to 1/4, so that the number of inspection areas is quadrupled. Therefore, conventionally, the number of imaging units is quadrupled or the inspection time is reduced. Is quadrupled. However, in the present embodiment, even if the magnification is doubled, the number of imaging units CA is doubled and the inspection time is doubled.
 上記表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法は、撮像部CAを保持する第1保持部材31a~35aを第1および第2動力源38a、39aの動力で移動させても撮像部CAを容易に一体的に移動でき、第1照明部LP-1を保持する第2保持部材11a-1~15a-1を第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1の動力で移動させても第1照明部LP-1を容易に一体的に移動でき、第2照明部LP-2を保持する第2保持部材11a-2~15a-2を第1および第2動力源18a-2、19a-2の動力で移動させても第2照明部LP-2を容易に一体的に移動できる。特に、本実施形態のように、被検査物SPの外面における全部または一部、より具体的には、車両SPの左側面、上面および右側面を囲むように、11個の第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11が配置されるとともに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2が配置される場合でも、前記第1保持部材31a~35aを第1および第2動力源38a、39aの動力で移動させても前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を容易に一体的に移動でき、前記第2保持部材11a-1~15a-1;11a-2~15a-2を第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1;18a-2、19a-2の動力で移動させても前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を容易に一体的に移動できる。 The surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method can easily integrate the imaging unit CA even if the first holding members 31a to 35a holding the imaging unit CA are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 38a and 39a. And the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1 holding the first illumination unit LP-1 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1, and the first illumination is performed. The unit LP-1 can be easily and integrally moved, and the second holding members 11a-2 to 15a-2 for holding the second illumination unit LP-2 are connected to the first and second power sources 18a-2 and 19a-2. The second illumination unit LP-2 can be easily and integrally moved even when moved by power. In particular, as in the present embodiment, the eleventh to eleventh eleventh to surround all or a part of the outer surface of the inspection object SP, more specifically, the left side surface, the upper surface and the right side surface of the vehicle SP. Even when the imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are arranged and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are arranged, the first holding members 31a to 35a can be moved by the first and second power sources. The first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 can be easily and integrally moved even when moved by the power of the sources 38a and 39a, and the second holding members 11a-1 to 15a-1; Even if 2 to 15a-2 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18a-1, 19a-1; 18a-2, 19a-2, the first and second lighting units LP-1, LP-2 are moved. Can be easily and integrally moved.
 上記表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法は、撮像用移動部3aに第1および第2動力源38a、39aを備え、第1照明用移動部1a-1に第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1を備え、第2照明用移動部1a-2に第1および第2動力源18a-2、19a-2を備えるので、撮像部CAと、第1照明部LP-1と、第2照明部LP-2とを個別に扱うことができる。 In the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method, the imaging moving unit 3a includes the first and second power sources 38a and 39a, and the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 includes the first and second power sources 18a-1. , 19a-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 includes the first and second power sources 18a-2, 19a-2, so that the imaging unit CA, the first illumination unit LP-1, The two lighting units LP-2 can be handled individually.
 上記表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法は、一方向のみに移動させるので、移動の際に運動する部材が一方向のみに運動することになり、安定的に運動できる。 は Since the surface inspection device Da and the surface inspection method move only in one direction, the member that moves during the movement moves only in one direction, and can move stably.
 次に、別の実施形態について説明する。
(第2実施形態)
 図6は、第2実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daでは、第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2は、それぞれ個別に、第1および第2案内部材51a、52aによって案内され、移動したが、第2実施形態における表面検査装置Dbでは、撮像用移動部3bは、第1および第2案内部材51b、52bによって案内され、第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2は、それぞれ個別に、撮像用移動部3bに設けられた第3および第4案内部材53b、54bによって案内される。
Next, another embodiment will be described.
(2nd Embodiment)
FIG. 6 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the second embodiment. In the surface inspection apparatus Da according to the first embodiment, the first illumination moving unit 1a-1, the imaging moving unit 3a, and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 are individually provided with the first and second guide members 51a. , 52a, and moved. However, in the surface inspection apparatus Db in the second embodiment, the imaging moving unit 3b is guided by the first and second guide members 51b, 52b to move the first and second illuminations. The sections 1b-1 and 1b-2 are individually guided by third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b provided in the imaging moving section 3b.
 このような第2実施形態における表面検査装置Dbは、図6および図4に示すように、1または複数の照明部LP(LP-1、LP-2)と、1または複数の撮像部CA(CA-1~CA-11)と、移動部MVbと、制御処理部71bと、入力部72と、出力部73と、IF部74と、記憶部75とを備える。これら第2実施形態の表面検査装置Dbにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の表面検査装置Daにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 As shown in FIGS. 6 and 4, the surface inspection device Db according to the second embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVb, a control processing unit 71b, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75. The illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Db according to the second embodiment are respectively illuminated units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment. The LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
 移動部MVbは、上述の移動部MVaと同様に、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させるものである。第2実施形態でも、移動部MVbは、第1実施形態と同様に、検査中に移動しない被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを移動させ、画像生成中に移動しない撮像部CAに対し照明部CAを移動させる。 The moving unit MVb relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there. Also in the second embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the moving unit MVb moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP relative to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection, and the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation. To move the illumination unit CA.
 このような移動部MVbは、より具体的には、例えば、図6に示すように、第1照明部LP-1を移動させる第1照明用移動部1b-1と、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11一体的に移動させる撮像用移動部3bと、第2照明部LP-2を移動させる第2照明用移動部1b-2とを備える。なお、第1照明用移動部1b-1と第2照明用移動部1b-2とは、同一構成であるので、以下では、第1照明用移動部1b-1の構成について説明し、第2照明用移動部1b-2の説明は、省略するが、以下の説明において、「第1」および添え字「-1」それぞれを「第2」および「-2」に読み替えることによって、第2照明用移動部1b-2の構成について説明できる。 More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 6, the moving unit MVb includes a first lighting moving unit 1b-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to eleventh imaging units. The imaging unit includes an imaging moving unit 3b that integrally moves the units CA-1 to CA-11, and a second illumination moving unit 1b-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2. Since the first lighting moving section 1b-1 and the second lighting moving section 1b-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first lighting moving section 1b-1 will be described below, and the second The description of the illumination moving section 1b-2 is omitted, but in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second" and "-2", respectively, to thereby provide the second illumination. The configuration of the moving unit 1b-2 can be described.
 撮像用移動部3bは、第1および第2基台31b、35bと、第1および第2立設部材32b、34bと、梁部材33bと、第1および第2台車36b、37bと、第1および第2動力源38b、39bとを備える。これら第2実施形態の撮像用移動部3bにおける第1および第2基台31b、35b、第1および第2立設部材32b、34b、梁部材33b、第1および第2台車36b、37b、ならびに、第1および第2動力源38b、39bは、それぞれ、第1および第2基台31b、35bが第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2を載せ、さらに、前記移動方向に所定の移動距離だけ移動可能な大きさ(サイズ、面積)を持つ点を除き、第1実施形態の撮像用移動部3aにおける第1および第2基台31a、35a、第1および第2立設部材32a、34a、梁部材33a、第1および第2台車36a、37a、ならびに、第1および第2動力源38a、39aと同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The imaging moving unit 3b includes first and second bases 31b and 35b, first and second standing members 32b and 34b, beam members 33b, first and second carriages 36b and 37b, And second power sources 38b and 39b. The first and second bases 31b and 35b, the first and second standing members 32b and 34b, the beam members 33b, the first and second carriages 36b and 37b, and the first and second bases 31b and 35b in the imaging moving unit 3b according to the second embodiment. , The first and second power sources 38b and 39b respectively include first and second bases 31b and 35b on which the first and second lighting moving parts 1b-1 and 1b-2 are mounted, respectively, The first and second bases 31a, 35a, the first and second stands in the imaging moving section 3a of the first embodiment except that the first and second bases have a size (size, area) that can be moved by a predetermined moving distance. Since these are the same as the installation members 32a and 34a, the beam member 33a, the first and second carriages 36a and 37a, and the first and second power sources 38a and 39a, the description thereof is omitted.
 第1照明用移動部1b-1は、第1および第2基台11b-1、15b-1と、第1および第2立設部材12b-1、14b-1と、梁部材13b-1と、第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1と、第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1とを備える。これら第2実施形態の第1照明用移動部1b-1における第1および第2基台11b-1、15b-1、第1および第2立設部材12b-1、14b-1、ならびに、梁部材13b-1は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1および第2基台11a-1、15a-1、第1および第2立設部材12a-1、14a-1、ならびに、梁部材13a-1と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The first illumination moving section 1b-1 includes first and second bases 11b-1 and 15b-1, first and second standing members 12b-1 and 14b-1, and a beam member 13b-1. , First and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1, and first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1. The first and second bases 11b-1, 15b-1, the first and second standing members 12b-1, 14b-1, and the beams in the first lighting moving section 1b-1 of the second embodiment. The member 13b-1 is the first and second bases 11a-1 and 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1 and 12a-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1a-1 of the first embodiment, respectively. Since it is the same as 14a-1 and the beam member 13a-1, the description is omitted.
 第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1は、それぞれ、回転力(回転運動)を直線運動に変換する機械要素であり、例えば、ねじ軸と、前記ねじ軸のねじ溝(ねじ軸側ねじ溝)に嵌まり込む複数のボールと、ねじ溝(ナット側ねじ溝)に前記複数のボールを嵌まり込ませることで前記複数のボールを介して前記ねじ軸と係合するナットと、前記ねじ軸を回転可能に保持する保持枠とを備える。第1ボールねじ16b-1の前記ナットには、第1基台11b-1が固定的に連結され、第2ボールねじ17b-1の前記ナットには、第2基台15b-1が固定的に連結される。 Each of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 is a mechanical element that converts a rotational force (rotational motion) into a linear motion. A plurality of balls that fit into the screw groove), and a nut that engages with the screw shaft via the plurality of balls by fitting the plurality of balls into a screw groove (nut-side screw groove). A holding frame for rotatably holding the screw shaft. The first base 11b-1 is fixedly connected to the nut of the first ball screw 16b-1, and the second base 15b-1 is fixed to the nut of the second ball screw 17b-1. Linked to
 第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1は、それぞれ、制御処理部71bに接続され、制御処理部71bの制御に従って、第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1それぞれにおける前記ねじ軸を回転させる動力(駆動力、回転力)を生成する、例えばモータ等のアクチュエータである。第1動力源18b-1は、第1ボールねじ16b-1の前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記ねじ軸に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記ねじ軸を回転させる。第2動力源19b-1は、第2ボールねじ17b-1の前記保持枠に取り付けられ、前記ねじ軸に回転力を伝達し、これによって前記ねじ軸を回転させる。なお、第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1は、それぞれ、さらに減速機を備え、第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1は、それぞれ、各減速機を介して第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1の各ねじ軸に各回転力を伝達しても良い。 The first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 are connected to the control processing unit 71b, respectively, and respectively control the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 according to the control of the control processing unit 71b. An actuator such as a motor that generates power (driving force, rotational force) for rotating the screw shaft. The first power source 18b-1 is attached to the holding frame of the first ball screw 16b-1, transmits torque to the screw shaft, and thereby rotates the screw shaft. The second power source 19b-1 is attached to the holding frame of the second ball screw 17b-1, transmits torque to the screw shaft, and thereby rotates the screw shaft. Note that the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 each further include a speed reducer, and the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 respectively operate via the speed reducers. Each rotational force may be transmitted to each screw shaft of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1.
 そして、検査場所には、第1実施形態における第1および第2案内部材51a、52aと同様の第1および第2案内部材51b、52bが配置されている。撮像用移動部3bは、その第1台車36bの前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1案内部材51bの第1および第2ガイドレール51b-1、51b-2上に載せられて第1案内部材51bの第1および第2ガイドレール51b-1、51b-2で案内(ガイド)され、撮像用移動部3bにおける第2台車37bの前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第2案内部材52bの第1および第2ガイドレール52b-1、52b-2上に載せられて第2案内部材52bの第1および第2ガイドレール52b-1、52b-2で案内(ガイド)されるように、配置される。 The first and second guide members 51b and 52b similar to the first and second guide members 51a and 52a in the first embodiment are arranged at the inspection place. The imaging moving unit 3b is configured such that the first and second wheels of the first bogie 36b are placed on the first and second guide rails 51b-1 and 51b-2 of the first guide member 51b, respectively. Guided by the first and second guide rails 51b-1 and 51b-2 of the member 51b, the first and second wheels of the second carriage 37b in the imaging moving unit 3b are respectively connected to the second guide member 52b. Arranged so as to be placed on the first and second guide rails 52b-1 and 52b-2 and guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 52b-1 and 52b-2 of the second guide member 52b. Is done.
 そして、本実施形態では、撮像用移動部3bにおける第1および第2基台31b、35bそれぞれには、撮像部CAと照明部LPとの相対的な移動を案内する案内部材が配置されている。より具体的には、前記案内部材は、第1照明用移動部1b-1の第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1、ならびに、第2照明用移動部1b-2の第1および第2ボールねじ16b-2、17b-2それぞれを案内するために、左右1対の第3および第4案内部材53b、54bを備える。第3案内部材53bは、前記移動方向に沿って長尺な左右1対の柱状の第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2を備え、第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2は、所定の間隔を空けて平行に並置するように、撮像用移動部3bの第1基台31b上に敷設される。第4案内部材54bは、第3案内部材53bと同様に、前記移動方向に沿って長尺な左右1対の柱状の第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2を備え、第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2は、所定の間隔を空けて平行に並置するように、撮像用移動部3bの第2基台35b上に敷設される。 In the present embodiment, a guide member that guides relative movement between the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP is disposed on each of the first and second bases 31b and 35b in the imaging moving unit 3b. . More specifically, the guide member includes first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 of the first lighting moving section 1b-1 and first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 of the second lighting moving section 1b-2. A pair of left and right third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b are provided to guide the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b-2, respectively. The third guide member 53b includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2 that are long in the moving direction, and the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2 are laid on the first base 31b of the imaging moving unit 3b so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval. Like the third guide member 53b, the fourth guide member 54b includes a pair of left and right columnar first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 that are long in the movement direction. The second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 are laid on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b so as to be juxtaposed in parallel at a predetermined interval.
 第1照明用移動部1b-1の第1ボールねじ16b-1における前記ナットには、第3案内部材53bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2それぞれが嵌まり込む2個の凹所が形成される。複数の撮像部CAを保持する、第1基台31b、第1立設部材32b、梁部材33b、第2立設部材34bおよび第2基台35bを備える第1保持部材より前方側(一方側)において、これら2個の各凹所に第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2それぞれが嵌まり込むことで前記ナットが第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2に係合し、第1照明用移動部1b-1は、撮像用移動部3bの第1基台31b上に配置され、第1ボールねじ16b-1の前記ナットを介して、第3案内部材53bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2で案内(ガイド)される。同様に、第1照明用移動部1b-1の第2ボールねじ17b-1における前記ナットには、第4案内部材54bの第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2それぞれが嵌まり込む2個の凹所が形成される。複数の撮像部CAを保持する前記第1保持部材31b~35bより前記前方側において、これら2個の各凹所に第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2それぞれが嵌まり込むことで前記ナットが第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2に係合し、第1照明用移動部1b-1は、撮像用移動部3bの第2基台35b上に配置され、第2ボールねじ17b-1の前記ナットを介して、第4案内部材54bの第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2で案内される。 Two nuts into which the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2 of the third guide member 53b fit into the nut of the first ball screw 16b-1 of the first lighting moving section 1b-1. Is formed. The first base 31b, the first standing member 32b, the beam member 33b, the second standing member 34b, which holds the plurality of imaging units CA, and the front side (one side) of the first holding member including the second base 35b. ), The first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2 are fitted into these two recesses, respectively, so that the nut is fitted to the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2. The first moving part for illumination 1b-1 is disposed on the first base 31b of the moving part for imaging 3b, and the third guide member 53b is connected via the nut of the first ball screw 16b-1. Are guided (guided) by the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2. Similarly, the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b are fitted into the nuts of the second ball screw 17b-1 of the first lighting moving section 1b-1. Two recesses are formed. On the front side of the first holding members 31b to 35b holding the plurality of imaging units CA, the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 fit into the two recesses, respectively. Then, the nut is engaged with the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2, and the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 is disposed on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b. It is guided by the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b via the nut of the second ball screw 17b-1.
 第2照明用移動部1b-2の第1ボールねじ16b-2における前記ナットには、第3案内部材53bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2それぞれが嵌まり込む2個の凹所が形成される。複数の撮像部CAを保持する前記第1保持部材31b~35bより後方側(他方側)において、これら2個の各凹所に第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2それぞれが嵌まり込むことで前記ナットが第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2に係合し、第2照明用移動部1b-2は、撮像用移動部3bの第1基台31b上に配置され、第1ボールねじ16b-2の前記ナットを介して、第3案内部材53bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2で案内される。同様に、第2照明用移動部1b-2の第2ボールねじ17b-2における前記ナットには、第4案内部材54bの第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2それぞれが嵌まり込む2個の凹所が形成される。複数の撮像部CAを保持する前記第1保持部材31b~35bより前記後方側において、これら2個の各凹所に第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2それぞれが嵌まり込むことで前記ナットが第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2に係合し、第2照明用移動部1b-2は、撮像用移動部3bの第2基台35b上に配置され、第2ボールねじ17b-2の前記ナットを介して、第4案内部材54bの第1および第2ガイドレール54b-1、54b-2で案内される。 Two nuts into which the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2 of the third guide member 53b fit into the nuts of the first ball screw 16b-2 of the second illumination moving section 1b-2. Is formed. On the rear side (the other side) of the first holding members 31b to 35b holding the plurality of imaging units CA, the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2 are fitted in these two recesses, respectively. The nut is engaged with the first and second guide rails 53b-1 and 53b-2, so that the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 is placed on the first base 31b of the imaging moving unit 3b. It is arranged and guided by the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2 of the third guide member 53b via the nut of the first ball screw 16b-2. Similarly, the first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b are fitted into the nuts of the second ball screw 17b-2 of the second illumination moving section 1b-2. Two recesses are formed. The first and second guide rails 54b-1 and 54b-2 are fitted into these two recesses on the rear side of the first holding members 31b to 35b holding the plurality of imaging units CA. Then, the nut is engaged with the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2, and the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 is disposed on the second base 35b of the imaging moving unit 3b. It is guided by the first and second guide rails 54b-1, 54b-2 of the fourth guide member 54b via the nut of the second ball screw 17b-2.
 したがって、第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2間に、撮像用移動部3bによって保持された複数の撮像部CAが配置される。 Therefore, the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b are arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2.
 第1照明用移動部1b-1に保持された第1照明部LP-1は、制御処理部71bの制御によって第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1が同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1の各前記ねじ軸に伝達され、これら各前記ねじ軸それぞれが回転し、第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1の各前記ナットそれぞれが第3および第4案内部材53b、54bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2;54b-1、54b-2に案内され、第3および第4案内部材53b、54bに沿って移動する。すなわち、第1照明部LP-1は、撮像用移動部3bによって保持された複数の撮像部CAの前方側において、撮像用移動部3bに対して前記移動方向に沿って移動する。撮像用移動部3bに保持された複数の撮像部CA(本実施形態では第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11)は、制御処理部71bの制御によって第1および第2動力源38b、39bが同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2台車36b、37bの各前記減速機を介して各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)に伝達され、第1および第2台車36b、37bの各前記第1車輪(または各前記第2車輪)が回転し、第1および第2台車36b、37bの各前記第1および第2車輪それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51b、52bの第1および第2ガイドレール51b-1、51b-2;52b-1、52b-2に案内され、第1および第2案内部材51b、52bに沿って移動する。第2照明用移動部1b-2に保持された第2照明部LP-2は、制御処理部71bの制御によって第1および第2動力源18b-2、19b-2が同期して稼働するとそれら各回転力が第1および第2ボールねじ16b-2、17b-2の各前記ねじ軸に伝達され、これら各前記ねじ軸それぞれが回転し、第1および第2ボールねじ16b-2、17b-2の各前記ナットそれぞれが第3および第4案内部材53b、54bの第1および第2ガイドレール53b-1、53b-2;54b-1、54b-2に案内され、第3および第4案内部材53b、54bに沿って移動する。すなわち、第2照明部LP-2は、撮像用移動部3bによって保持された複数の撮像部CAの後方側において、撮像用移動部3bに対して前記移動方向に沿って移動する。 When the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71b, the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 is activated. Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the screw shafts of the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1, and each of the screw shafts rotates, and the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b- are rotated. The first and second nuts are respectively guided by the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2; 54b-1, 54b-2 of the third and fourth guide members 53b, 54b, and the third and fourth guides are provided. It moves along the members 53b and 54b. That is, the first illumination unit LP-1 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3b in front of the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b. The plurality of imaging units CA (the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the present embodiment) held by the imaging moving unit 3b are controlled by the control processing unit 71b to control the first and second power sources. When the wheels 38b and 39b operate in synchronization, the respective rotational forces are transmitted to the respective first wheels (or the respective second wheels) via the respective speed reducers of the first and second bogies 36b and 37b, and And the first wheels (or each of the second wheels) of the second carts 36b and 37b rotate, and the first and second wheels of the first and second carts 36b and 37b respectively become first and second wheels. The guide members 51b, 52b are guided by the first and second guide rails 51b-1, 51b-2; 52b-1, 52b-2, and move along the first and second guide members 51b, 52b. When the first and second power sources 18b-2 and 19b-2 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71b, the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 is activated. Each rotational force is transmitted to each of the screw shafts of the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b-2, and each of the screw shafts rotates, and the first and second ball screws 16b-2 and 17b- are rotated. 2 are respectively guided by the first and second guide rails 53b-1, 53b-2; 54b-1, 54b-2 of the third and fourth guide members 53b, 54b, and the third and fourth guides are provided. It moves along the members 53b and 54b. That is, the second illumination unit LP-2 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3b behind the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3b.
 制御処理部71bは、表面検査装置Dbの各部LP、CA、MVb、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するための回路である。制御処理部71bは、例えば、CPUおよびその周辺回路を備えて構成される。制御処理部71bは、前記制御処理プログラムが実行されることによって、制御部711、移動制御部712bおよび検査処理部713を機能的に備える。これら第2実施形態の制御処理部71bにおける制御部711および検査処理部713は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の制御処理部71aにおける制御部711および検査処理部713と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The control processing unit 71b controls each of the units LP, CA, MVb, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Db according to the function of each unit, and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. It is. The control processing unit 71b includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits. The control processing unit 71b functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712b, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program. The control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71b of the second embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
 移動制御部712bは、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を保持する前記第1保持部材31b~35bを移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1および第2動力源38b、39bを制御し、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを保持する前記第2保持部材11b-1~15b-1;11b-2~15b-2を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1;18b-2、19b-2を制御することで、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向に移動させるように、移動部MVbの移動動作を制御するものである。被検査物SPの被検査面は、本実施形態でも、被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿って分割された、互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備える。移動制御部712bは、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を撮像用移動部3aを介して前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記被検査物SPにおける当該検査領域を撮像するように停止された第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2を介して移動させる。このような移動制御部712bの制御によって、移動部MVbは、後述のように、移動の動作を行う。 The movement control unit 712b includes first and second power sources 38b that generate first power for moving the first holding members 31b to 35b that hold the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. , 39b to move the second holding members 11b-1 to 15b-1; 11b-2 to 15b-2 for holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively. By controlling the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1; 18b-2 and 19b-2 for generating the second power, the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-1 to the inspection object SP are controlled. CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first position. And the second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 As it is moved in the one direction along the moving direction, and controls the movement of the movable portion MVb. In the present embodiment, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. The movement control unit 712b controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 for the inspection object SP via the imaging movement unit 3a. The first to eleventh imaging units CA- are moved so as to be sequentially positioned in the plurality of inspection areas, and stopped in each of the plurality of inspection areas so as to image the inspection area in the inspection object SP. The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved via the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 with respect to 1 to CA-11. Under the control of the movement control unit 712b, the movement unit MVb performs a movement operation as described later.
 次に、本実施形態の動作について説明する。このような構成の表面検査装置Dbは、その電源が投入されると、必要な各部の初期化を実行し、その稼働を始める。その制御処理プログラムの実行によって、制御処理部71bには、制御部711、移動制御部712bおよび検査処理部713が機能的に構成される。 Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described. When the power is turned on, the surface inspection apparatus Db having such a configuration executes initialization of necessary units and starts its operation. By executing the control processing program, the control processing unit 71b functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712b, and the inspection processing unit 713.
 例えば検査開始の指示を入力部72で受け付けると、第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2ならびに撮像用移動部3bが以下のように動作することで、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2ならびに複数の撮像部CAは、図5を用いて説明した第1実施形態と同様に移動する。 For example, when an instruction to start an examination is received by the input unit 72, the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1, 1b-2 and the imaging moving unit 3b operate as follows, and the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 operate as follows. The illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 and the plurality of imaging units CA move in the same manner as in the first embodiment described with reference to FIG.
 より具体的には、図5において、まず、制御処理部71bの移動制御部712bは、図5Aに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pa1-1、第12位置Pa1-2および第13位置Pa1-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。より詳しくは、移動制御部712bは、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、複数の撮像部CAを、第12位置Pa1-2に、撮像用移動部3bによって移動する。第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2は、撮像用移動部3bに配置されているので、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が1つの纏まりとして扱われ、被検査物SPに対し第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。そして、撮像用移動部3bがこのような移動動作を実行している間に、移動制御部712bは、図5Aに示すように、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを、第11および第13位置Pa1-1、Pa1-3それぞれに、第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2それぞれによって移動する。 More specifically, in FIG. 5, first, as shown in FIG. 5A, the movement control unit 712b of the control processing unit 71b controls the plurality of imaging units CA to image the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region. The first illuminator LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illuminator LP-2 are firstly illuminated at the eleventh position Pa1-1, the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the thirteenth position Pa1-3, respectively. The moving unit 1a-1, the moving unit 3a for imaging, and the moving unit 1a-2 for second illumination move in one direction along the moving direction. More specifically, the movement control unit 712b moves the plurality of imaging units CA to the twelfth position Pa1-2 so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region. Move by. Since the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 are arranged in the imaging moving unit 3b, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA and the second The two illumination units LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction with respect to the inspection object SP. Go to Then, while the imaging movement unit 3b performs such a movement operation, the movement control unit 712b controls the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 as shown in FIG. 5A. , And moved to the eleventh and thirteenth positions Pa1-1 and Pa1-3 by the first and second illumination moving parts 1b-1 and 1b-2, respectively.
 続いて、図5Bに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第12位置Pa1-2に停止され、移動制御部712bは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pa1-1および第13位置Pa1-3それぞれから、第14位置Pa1-4および第16位置Pa1-6それぞれまで、撮像用移動部3bの第1および第2基台11b-1、15b-1上において、第1照明用移動部1b-1および第2照明用移動部1b-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が個別に扱われ、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って一方向に互いに同じ移動速度で移動される。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71bは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71bへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 5B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pa1-2, and the movement control unit 712b controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively. From the eleventh position Pa1-1 and the thirteenth position Pa1-3 to the fourteenth position Pa1-4 and the sixteenth position Pa1-6, respectively, the first and second bases 11b-1 and 15b of the imaging moving unit 3b. -1, the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 move in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71b transmits the first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Thereby, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71b.
 このように第1検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712bは、図5Cに示すように、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが次の第2検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pa2-1、第22位置Pa2-2および第23位置Pa2-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1b-1、撮像用移動部3bおよび第2照明用移動部1b-2それぞれによって移動する。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region are obtained in this manner, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5C, the movement control unit 712b performs the same The first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively positioned at the 21st position such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection region. The first moving unit 1b-1, the imaging moving unit 3b, and the second moving unit 1b-2 move to Pa2-1, the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the 23rd position Pa2-3, respectively.
 続いて、図5Dに示すように、図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが第22位置Pa2-2に停止され、移動制御部712bは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pa2-1および第23位置Pa2-3それぞれから、第24位置Pa2-4および第26位置Pa2-6それぞれまで、撮像用移動部3bの第1および第2基台11b-1、15b-1上において、第1照明用移動部1b-1および第2照明用移動部1b-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71bは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第2検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させ、これによって生成された複数の画像を、複数の撮像部CAは、それぞれ、制御処理部71bへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 5D, similarly to the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 5B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the 22nd position Pa2-2, and the movement control unit 712b performs the first illumination. The unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved for imaging from the 21st position Pa2-1 and the 23rd position Pa2-3 to the 24th position Pa2-4 and the 26th position Pa2-6, respectively. On the first and second bases 11b-1 and 15b-1 of the unit 3b, the first illumination moving unit 1b-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1b-2 each move at the same speed with the same moving speed. It moves in one direction along the moving direction. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71b transmits the first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71b, respectively.
 以下、図5Eおよび図5Fに示すように、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られるまで、図5Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図5Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が繰り返され、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られる。 Hereinafter, as shown in FIG. 5E and FIG. 5F, the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B are described until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained. Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed. Are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
 そして、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られると、続いて、制御処理部71bの検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面それぞれについて、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像に基づいて当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その検査結果を出力部73に出力する。 Then, when a plurality of images for the inspection surface of each inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71b subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region. The surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態における表面検査装置Dbおよびこれに実装された表面検査方法は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法と同様に、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部CAの個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 As described above, the surface inspection apparatus Db according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
 上記表面検査装置Dbおよび表面検査方法は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法と同様に、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を保持する第1保持部材31b~35bを第1および第2動力源38b、39bの動力で移動させても撮像部CAを容易に一体的に移動でき、第1照明部LP-1を保持する第2保持部材11b-1~15b-1を第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1の動力で移動させても第1照明部LP-1を容易に一体的に移動でき、第2照明部LP-2を保持する第2保持部材11b-2~15b-2を第1および第2動力源18b-2、19b-2の動力で移動させても第2照明部LP-2を容易に一体的に移動できる。 The surface inspection device Db and the surface inspection method are the same as the surface inspection device Da and the surface inspection method in the first embodiment, and the first holding member 31b that holds the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. The imaging unit CA can be easily and integrally moved even when the moving unit 35b is moved by the power of the first and second power sources 38b and 39b, and the second holding member 11b-1 to hold the first lighting unit LP-1. Even if 15b-1 is moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1, the first lighting unit LP-1 can be easily and integrally moved, and the second lighting unit LP-2 is held. Even if the second holding members 11b-2 to 15b-2 are moved by the power of the first and second power sources 18b-2 and 19b-2, the second illumination unit LP-2 can be easily and integrally moved.
 上記表面検査装置Dbおよび表面検査方法は、第1および第2照明用移動部1b-1、1b-2が撮像用移動部3bに搭載されるので、被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを移動させ易い。上記表面検査装置Dbおよび表面検査方法は、撮像用移動部3aに第1および第2動力源38a、39aを備え、第1照明用移動部1a-1に第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1を備え、第2照明用移動部1a-2に第1および第2動力源18a-2、19a-2を備えるので、撮像部CAの移動動作と第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2の各移動動作とを独立できる。 In the above-described surface inspection device Db and surface inspection method, the first and second illumination moving units 1b-1 and 1b-2 are mounted on the imaging moving unit 3b. The part LP can be easily moved. In the surface inspection apparatus Db and the surface inspection method, the imaging moving unit 3a includes the first and second power sources 38a and 39a, and the first illumination moving unit 1a-1 includes the first and second power sources 18a-1. , 19a-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1a-2 includes the first and second power sources 18a-2, 19a-2, so that the moving operation of the imaging unit CA and the first and second illumination units LP -1 and LP-2 can be independent of each other.
 次に、別の実施形態について説明する。
(第3実施形態)
 図7は、第3実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。第1および第2実施形態における表面検査装置Da、Dbでは、照明用移動部1a、1bおよび撮像用駆動部3a、3bは、それぞれ、個別に動力源18a、19a、18b、19b;38a、39a、38b、39bを備えたが、第3実施形態における表面検査装置Dcは、照明用移動部1cが動力源を備え、撮像用移動部3cは、動力源を備えずに、照明用移動部1cの移動に共連れされて移動するものである。
Next, another embodiment will be described.
(Third embodiment)
FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the third embodiment. In the surface inspection devices Da and Db in the first and second embodiments, the illumination moving units 1a and 1b and the imaging driving units 3a and 3b are individually powered by power sources 18a, 19a, 18b, and 19b; , 38b, and 39b, the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the third embodiment is different from the illumination moving unit 1c in that the illumination moving unit 1c includes a power source and the imaging moving unit 3c does not include a power source. It moves together with the movement.
 このような第3実施形態における表面検査装置Dcは、図7および図4に示すように、1または複数の照明部LP(LP-1、LP-2)と、1または複数の撮像部CA(CA-1~CA-11)と、移動部MVcと、制御処理部71cと、入力部72と、出力部73と、IF部74と、記憶部75とを備える。これら第3実施形態の表面検査装置Dcにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の表面検査装置Daにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 4, the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the third embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVc, a control processing unit 71c, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75. The illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Dc according to the third embodiment are respectively the illumination units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment. The LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
 移動部MVcは、上述の移動部MVaと同様に、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させるものである。第3実施形態でも、移動部MVcは、第1実施形態と同様に、検査中に移動しない被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを移動させ、画像生成中に移動しない撮像部CAに対し照明部CAを移動させる。 The moving unit MVc relatively moves the object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there. Also in the third embodiment, the moving unit MVc moves the imaging unit CA and the illuminating unit LP relative to the inspection object SP that does not move during the inspection as in the first embodiment, and the imaging unit CA that does not move during image generation. To move the illumination unit CA.
 このような移動部MVcは、より具体的には、例えば、図7に示すように、第1照明部LP-1を移動させる第1照明用移動部1c-1と、第1ないし第5撮像部CA-1~CA-5を一体的に移動させる撮像用移動部3cと、第2照明部LP-2を移動させる第2照明用移動部1c-2とを備える。 More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 7, the moving unit MVc includes a first lighting moving unit 1c-1 that moves the first lighting unit LP-1, and first to fifth imaging units. An imaging moving unit 3c that integrally moves the units CA-1 to CA-5 and a second illumination moving unit 1c-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2 are provided.
 これら第3実施形態における第1照明用移動部1c-1、撮像用移動部3cおよび第2照明用移動部1c-2は、それぞれ、撮像用移動部3cおよびこの撮像用移動部3cに対し測定での移動方向で後方に位置する第1照明用移動部1c-1が前記共連れするための第1共連れ部材をさらに備え、撮像用移動部3cが動力源を備えない点を除き、第1実施形態における第1照明用移動部1a-1、撮像用移動部3aおよび第2照明用移動部1a-2と同様である。ここで、複数の被検査物SPを検査する場合、1個の被検査物SPの検査が終了して次の被検査物SPを検査する際に、第1照明用移動部1c-1、撮像用移動部3cおよび第2照明用移動部1c-2は、初期位置に復帰する必要がある。このため、本実施形態では、撮像用移動部3cおよびこの撮像用移動部3cに対し復帰での移動方向で後方に位置する第2照明用移動部1c-2は、共連れするための第2共連れ部材をさらに備えている。 The first moving unit for illumination 1c-1, the moving unit for imaging 3c, and the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2 in the third embodiment measure the moving unit for imaging 3c and the moving unit for imaging 3c, respectively. Except that the first moving unit for illumination 1c-1 located rearward in the moving direction in the above further includes a first tailgating member for entraining, and the moving unit for imaging 3c does not include a power source. This is the same as the first moving unit for illumination 1a-1, the moving unit for imaging 3a, and the second moving unit for illumination 1a-2 in one embodiment. Here, when inspecting a plurality of inspected objects SP, when the inspection of one inspected object SP is completed and the next inspected object SP is inspected, the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 and the imaging It is necessary that the moving unit 3c and the second moving unit 1c-2 return to the initial position. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the imaging moving unit 3c and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 located rearward of the imaging moving unit 3c in the movement direction at the time of the return are the second moving unit 1c-2. A tailgating member is further provided.
 より具体的には、第1照明用移動部1c-1は、第1および第2基台11c-1、15c-1と、第1および第2立設部材12c-1、14c-1と、梁部材13c-1と、第1および第2台車16c-1、17c-1と、第1および第2動力源18c-1、19c-1と、第1照明側共連れ部材21-1を備える。これら第3実施形態の第1照明用移動部1c-1における第1および第2基台11c-1、15c-1、第1および第2立設部材12c-1、14c-1、梁部材13c-1、第1および第2台車16c-1、17c-1、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18c-1、19c-1は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1および第2基台11a-1、15a-1、第1および第2立設部材12a-1、14a-1、梁部材13a-1、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。第2照明用移動部1c-2は、第1および第2基台11c-2、15c-2と、第1および第2立設部材12c-2、14c-2と、梁部材13c-2と、第1および第2台車16c-2、17c-2と、第1および第2動力源18c-2、19c-2と、第2照明側共連れ部材22-1を備える。これら第3実施形態の第2照明用移動部1c-2における第1および第2基台11c-2、15c-2、第1および第2立設部材12c-2、14c-2、梁部材13c-2、第1および第2台車16c-2、17c-2、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18c-2、19c-2は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1および第2基台11a-1、15a-1、第1および第2立設部材12a-1、14a-1、梁部材13a-1、第1および第2台車16a-1、17a-1、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18a-1、19a-1と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 More specifically, the first lighting moving section 1c-1 includes first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1, first and second standing members 12c-1 and 14c-1, It includes a beam member 13c-1, first and second carriages 16c-1 and 17c-1, first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1, and a first lighting-side entrainment member 21-1. . The first and second bases 11c-1, 15c-1, the first and second standing members 12c-1, 14c-1, and the beam member 13c in the first lighting moving section 1c-1 of the third embodiment. -1, the first and second carts 16c-1 and 17c-1, and the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1 are respectively the first lighting moving unit 1a- of the first embodiment. 1, the first and second bases 11a-1, 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1, 14a-1, the beam member 13a-1, the first and second carriages 16a-1, 17a. -1, and the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 are not described here. The second illumination moving section 1c-2 includes first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2, first and second standing members 12c-2 and 14c-2, and a beam member 13c-2. , The first and second carriages 16c-2 and 17c-2, the first and second power sources 18c-2 and 19c-2, and the second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1. The first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2, the first and second standing members 12c-2 and 14c-2, and the beam member 13c in the second illumination moving section 1c-2 of the third embodiment. -2, the first and second carriages 16c-2 and 17c-2, and the first and second power sources 18c-2 and 19c-2 are respectively the first lighting moving unit 1a- of the first embodiment. 1, the first and second bases 11a-1, 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1, 14a-1, the beam member 13a-1, the first and second carriages 16a-1, 17a. -1, and the first and second power sources 18a-1 and 19a-1 are not described here.
 撮像用移動部3cは、第1および第2基台31c、35cと、第1および第2立設部材32c、34cと、梁部材33cと、第1および第2台車36c、37cと、第1および第2撮像側共連れ部材21-2、22-2とを備える。これら第3実施形態の撮像用移動部3cにおける第1および第2基台31c、35c、第1および第2立設部材32c、34c、梁部材33c、ならびに、第1および第2台車36c、37cは、それぞれ、第1実施形態の撮像用移動部3aにおける第1および第2基台31a、35a、第1および第2立設部材32a、34a、梁部材33a、ならびに、第1および第2台車36a、37aと同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The imaging moving unit 3c includes first and second bases 31c and 35c, first and second standing members 32c and 34c, beam members 33c, first and second carriages 36c and 37c, And the second imaging side tailgating members 21-2 and 22-2. The first and second bases 31c and 35c, the first and second standing members 32c and 34c, the beam member 33c, and the first and second carriages 36c and 37c in the imaging moving unit 3c according to the third embodiment. Are the first and second bases 31a and 35a, the first and second standing members 32a and 34a, the beam members 33a, and the first and second carriages, respectively, in the imaging moving unit 3a of the first embodiment. Since they are the same as 36a and 37a, description thereof is omitted.
 そして、検査場所には、第1実施形態における第1および第2案内部材51a、52aと同様の第1および第2案内部材51c、52cが配置されている。これら第1照明用移動部1c-1、撮像用移動部3cおよび第2照明用移動部1c-2は、第1実施形態と同様に、この順で順次に第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに配置される。したがって、第1および第2照明用移動部1c-1、1c-2間に、撮像用移動部3cが配置される。 {Circle around (1)} At the inspection place, first and second guide members 51c and 52c similar to the first and second guide members 51a and 52a in the first embodiment are arranged. The first illumination moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 sequentially form the first and second guide members 51c in this order, as in the first embodiment. 52c. Therefore, the imaging moving unit 3c is arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1c-1 and 1c-2.
 前記第1共連れ部材は、被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを測定で移動させる際に照明部LPの移動に伴って撮像部CAを移動させる部材であり、例えば、本実施形態では、上述の、第1照明側共連れ部材21-1と、第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2とを備える。本実施形態では、第1照明用移動部1c-1が移動すると、第1照明用移動部1c-1がその一部領域(一部箇所)で撮像用移動部3cにその一部領域(一部箇所)に当接し、この当接状態で第1照明用移動部1c-1がさらに移動すると、撮像用移動部3cは、前記一部領域で第1照明用移動部1c-1に押され、第1照明用移動部1c-1の移動に伴って移動する。このため、第1照明側共連れ部材21-1は、前記当接する第1照明用移動部1c-1の前記一部領域に設けられた、第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2と係合する係合部材、例えば、薄板状の低反発性ゴム等を備える押し部材(第1押し部材)等である。第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2は、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域に設けられた、第1照明側共連れ部材21-1と係合する係合部材、例えば、薄板状の低反発性ゴム等を備える押受け部材(第1押受け部材)である。前記当接する第1照明用移動部1c-1の前記一部領域は、例えば、第1および第2基台11c-1、15c-1における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面や、第1および第2立設部材12c-1、14c-1における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面等であり、これに応じて、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域は、例えば、第1および第2基台31c、35cにおける第1照明用移動部1c-1側の各側面や、第1および第2立設部材32c、34cにおける第1照明用移動部1c-1側の各側面等である。図7では、前記当接する第1照明用移動部1c-1の前記一部領域が、第1および第2基台11c-1、15c-1における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面に設けられ、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域が、第1および第2基台31c、35cにおける第1照明用移動部1c-1側の各側面に設けられた例が示されている。あるいは、前記当接する第1照明用移動部1c-1の前記一部領域を形成するために、例えば略L字形状を呈するL字部材を第1基台11c-1に設け、L字部材の先端面が、前記当接する第1照明用移動部1c-1の前記一部領域とされ、前記L字部材の先端面に低反発性が貼着されて良く、これに応じて、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域を形成するために、例えば略L字形状を呈するL字部材を第1基台31cに設け、L字部材の先端面が、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域とされ、前記L字部材の先端面に低反発性が貼着されて良い。 The first tailgating member is a member that moves the imaging unit CA with the movement of the illumination unit LP when the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are moved relative to the inspection object SP by measurement. The embodiment includes the above-described first illumination side tailgating member 21-1 and the first imaging side tailgating member 21-2. In the present embodiment, when the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 moves, the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is moved to the imaging moving unit 3c in a partial area (partial area). When the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 further moves in this contact state, the imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 in the partial area. Move with the movement of the first illumination moving section 1c-1. For this reason, the first illumination side tailgating member 21-1 is engaged with the first imaging side tailgating member 21-2 provided in the partial area of the first illumination moving part 1c-1 that abuts. For example, a pressing member (first pressing member) provided with a thin plate of low resilience rubber or the like. The first imaging-side tailgating member 21-2 is an engagement member that is provided in the partial area of the abutting imaging movement unit 3c and that engages with the first illumination-side tailgating member 21-1. It is a pressing member (first pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like. The partial area of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 that is in contact with, for example, each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1 on the imaging moving unit 3c side, and the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1. The side surfaces of the second upright members 12c-1 and 14c-1 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c, etc., and accordingly, the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is, for example, the first region. And each side surface of the second base 31c, 35c on the first lighting moving portion 1c-1 side, and each side surface of the first and second standing members 32c, 34c on the first lighting moving portion 1c-1 side. It is. In FIG. 7, the partial area of the first lighting moving unit 1c-1 that is in contact with the first moving unit 1c-1 is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-1 and 15c-1 on the imaging moving unit 3c side. An example is shown in which the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is provided on each side of the first and second bases 31c and 35c on the side of the first lighting moving unit 1c-1. . Alternatively, an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape, for example, is provided on the first base 11c-1 in order to form the partial area of the first lighting moving section 1c-1 that is in contact with the first base 11c-1. The front end surface is the partial area of the first lighting moving section 1c-1 to be in contact with, and low resilience may be adhered to the front end surface of the L-shaped member. In order to form the partial area of the imaging moving unit 3c, for example, an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 31c, and the distal end surface of the L-shaped member is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit. 3c, the low-resilience may be attached to the tip surface of the L-shaped member.
 一方、前記第2共連れ部材は、被検査物SPに対し撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを復帰で移動させる際に照明部LPの移動に伴って撮像部CAを移動させる部材であり、例えば、本実施形態では、上述の、第2照明側共連れ部材22-1と、第2撮像側共連れ部材22-2とを備える。本実施形態では、第2照明用移動部1c-2が移動すると、第2照明用移動部1c-2がその一部領域(一部箇所)で撮像用移動部3cにその一部領域(一部箇所)当接し、この当接状態で第2照明用移動部1c-2がさらに移動すると、撮像用移動部3cは、前記一部領域で第2照明用移動部1c-2に押され、第2照明用移動部1c-2の移動に伴って移動する。このため、第2照明側共連れ部材22-1は、前記当接する第2照明用移動部1c-2の前記一部領域に設けられた、第2撮像側共連れ部材22-2と係合する係合部材、例えば、薄板状の低反発性ゴム等を備える押し部材(第2押し部材)等である。第2撮像側共連れ部材22-2は、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域に設けられた、第2照明側共連れ部材22-1と係合する係合部材、例えば、薄板状の低反発性ゴム等を備える押受け部材(第2押し受部材)である。前記当接する第2照明用移動部1c-2の前記一部領域は、例えば、第1および第2基台11c-2、15c-2における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面や、第1および第2立設部材12c-2、14c-2における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面等であり、これに応じて、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域は、例えば、第1および第2基台31c、35cにおける第2照明用移動部1c-2側の各側面や、第1および第2立設部材32c、34cにおける第2照明用移動部1c-2側の各側面等である。図7では、前記当接する第2照明用移動部1c-2の前記一部領域が、第1および第2基台11c-2、15c-2における撮像用移動部3c側の各側面に設けられ、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域が、第1および第2基台31c、35cにおける第2照明用移動部1c-2側の各側面に設けられた例が示されている。あるいは、前記当接する第2照明用移動部1c-2の前記一部領域を形成するために、例えば略L字形状を呈するL字部材を第1基台11c-2に設け、L字部材の先端面が、前記当接する第2照明用移動部1c-2の前記一部領域とされ、前記L字部材の先端面に低反発性ゴム等が貼着されて良く、これに応じて、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域を形成するために、例えば略L字形状を呈するL字部材を第1基台31cに設け、L字部材の先端面が、前記当接する撮像用移動部3cの前記一部領域とされ、前記L字部材の先端面に低反発性ゴム等が貼着されて良い。 On the other hand, the second tailgating member is a member that moves the imaging unit CA with the movement of the illumination unit LP when the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are moved with respect to the inspection object SP by return. In the present embodiment, the above-described second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1 and the second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 are provided. In the present embodiment, when the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 moves, the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 is moved to the imaging moving unit 3c in a partial area (a part thereof). When the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 further moves in this contact state, the imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 in the partial area, It moves with the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2. For this reason, the second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1 is engaged with the second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 provided in the partial area of the abutting second illumination moving unit 1c-2. For example, a pressing member (second pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like. The second imaging-side tailgating member 22-2 is an engagement member that is provided in the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c and that engages with the second illumination-side tailgating member 22-1. This is a pressing member (second pressing member) provided with a thin plate-like low resilience rubber or the like. The partial area of the abutting second illumination moving unit 1c-2 may be, for example, each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2 on the imaging moving unit 3c side, and the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2. The side surfaces of the second upright members 12c-2 and 14c-2 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c, etc., and accordingly, the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is, for example, the first region. Side surfaces of the second base 31c and 35c on the side of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2, and side surfaces of the first and second standing members 32c and 34c on the side of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2. It is. In FIG. 7, the partial area of the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2, which is in contact with the second moving unit 1c-2, is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 11c-2 and 15c-2 on the side of the imaging moving unit 3c. An example is shown in which the partial area of the abutting imaging moving unit 3c is provided on each side surface of the first and second bases 31c and 35c on the side of the second lighting moving unit 1c-2. . Alternatively, an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape, for example, is provided on the first base 11c-2 in order to form the partial area of the second illumination moving section 1c-2 that is in contact with the first base 11c-2. The front end surface is the partial area of the second lighting moving section 1c-2 that is in contact with the light source, and a low resilience rubber or the like may be attached to the front end surface of the L-shaped member. For example, an L-shaped member having a substantially L-shape is provided on the first base 31c in order to form the partial area of the imaging moving section 3c that is in contact with the first base 31c. A low resilience rubber or the like may be affixed to the distal end surface of the L-shaped member as the partial area of the moving portion 3c.
 第1照明用移動部1c-1に保持された第1照明部LP-1は、制御処理部71cの制御によって第1および第2動力源18c-1、19c-1が同期して稼働すると、第1実施形態と同様に、第1および第2台車16c-1、17c-1それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに案内され、第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに沿って移動する。第1照明部LP-1を保持する第1照明用移動部1c-1が移動すると、第1照明用移動部1c-1がその第1照明側共連れ部材21-1で、撮像用移動部3cにその第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2で当接し、この当接状態で第1照明用移動部1c-1がさらに移動すると、複数の撮像部CAを保持する撮像用移動部3cは、第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2で第1照明用移動部1c-1に押され、第1照明用移動部1c-1の移動に伴って第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに沿って移動する。第2照明用移動部1c-2に保持された第2照明部LP-2は、制御処理部71cの制御によって第1および第2動力源18c-2、19c-2が同期して稼働すると、第1実施形態と同様に、第1および第2台車16c-2、17c-2それぞれが第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに案内され、第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに沿って移動する。 When the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71c, the first lighting unit LP-1 held by the first lighting moving unit 1c-1 operates. Similarly to the first embodiment, the first and second carriages 16c-1 and 17c-1 are guided by the first and second guide members 51c and 52c, respectively, and along the first and second guide members 51c and 52c. Moving. When the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 that holds the first illumination unit LP-1 moves, the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is moved by the first illumination side accompanying member 21-1 to the imaging moving unit. When the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 moves further in this abutting state with the first imaging side accompanying member 21-2, the imaging moving unit 3c holding the plurality of imaging units CA is brought into contact with the imaging unit 3c. Is pushed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 by the first imaging side trailing member 21-2, and is moved to the first and second guide members 51c and 52c by the movement of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1. Move along. When the first and second power sources 18c-2 and 19c-2 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71c, the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 operates. Similarly to the first embodiment, the first and second carriages 16c-2, 17c-2 are guided by the first and second guide members 51c, 52c, respectively, and are guided along the first and second guide members 51c, 52c. Moving.
 一方、1つの被検査物SPの検査が終了し、次の被検査物SPを検査するために、初期位置に復帰する際には、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、第1および第2照明用移動部1c-1、1c-2を介して前記移動方向における測定での一方向(前進方向)とは逆の逆方向(後進方向)に、第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに案内され、第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに沿って移動する。第2照明部LP-2を保持する第2照明用移動部1c-2が前記移動方向における前記逆方向に移動すると、第2照明用移動部1c-2がその第2照明側共連れ部材22-1で、撮像用移動部3cにその第2撮像側共連れ部材22-2で当接し、この当接状態で第2照明用移動部1c-2がさらに移動すると、複数の撮像部CAを保持する撮像用移動部3cは、第2撮像側共連れ部材22-2で第2照明用移動部1c-2に押され、第2照明用移動部1c-2の移動に伴って第1および第2案内部材51c、52cに沿って移動する。 On the other hand, when the inspection of one inspection object SP is completed and the inspection object SP returns to the initial position in order to inspect the next inspection object SP, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are turned off. , The first and second illumination moving sections 1c-1 and 1c-2, the first and second directions are reversed (reverse directions) opposite to one direction (forward direction) in the measurement in the moving direction. It is guided by the guide members 51c and 52c, and moves along the first and second guide members 51c and 52c. When the second illumination moving section 1c-2 holding the second illumination section LP-2 moves in the opposite direction of the moving direction, the second illumination moving section 1c-2 is moved by the second illumination side accompanying member 22. At -1, the second moving unit for illumination 1c-2 further abuts on the imaging moving unit 3c with the second imaging side trailing member 22-2, and in this abutting state, the plurality of imaging units CA are moved. The held imaging moving unit 3c is pushed by the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 by the second imaging side tailoring member 22-2, and the first and the second moving units 1c-2 are moved with the movement of the second illumination moving unit 1c-2. It moves along the second guide members 51c and 52c.
 制御処理部71cは、表面検査装置Dcの各部LP、CA、MVc、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するための回路である。制御処理部71cは、例えば、CPUおよびその周辺回路を備えて構成される。制御処理部71cは、前記制御処理プログラムが実行されることによって、制御部711、移動制御部712cおよび検査処理部713を機能的に備える。これら第3実施形態の制御処理部71cにおける制御部711および検査処理部713は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の制御処理部71aにおける制御部711および検査処理部713と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The control processing unit 71c controls the respective units LP, CA, MVc, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is. The control processing unit 71c includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits. The control processing unit 71c functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712c, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program. The control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71c of the third embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
 移動制御部712cは、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを保持する前記第2保持部材11c-1~15c-1;11c-2~15c-2を移動させるための動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18c-1、19c-1;18c-2、19c-2を制御することで、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向および前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆の他方向に移動させるように、移動部MVcの移動動作を制御するものである。被検査物SPの被検査面は、本実施形態でも、被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿って分割された、互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備える。移動制御部712cは、被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を撮像用移動部3aならびに第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2を介して前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向に移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記被検査物SPにおける当該検査領域を撮像するように停止された第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2を介して前記被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿った一方向とは逆の他方向に移動させる。このような移動制御部712cの制御によって、移動部MVcは、後述のように、移動の動作を行う。 The movement control unit 712c is a power for moving the second holding members 11c-1 to 15c-1; 11c-2 to 15c-2 holding the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, respectively. By controlling the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1; and 18c-2 and 19c-2, the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA- 11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in one direction along the movement direction, and the first and the first imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved to the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2. (2) The moving operation of the moving unit MVc is controlled such that the lighting units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in the one direction along the moving direction and the other direction opposite to the one direction along the moving direction. Is what you do. In the present embodiment, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. The movement control unit 712c controls the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 for the inspection object SP and the imaging movement unit 3a and the first. And moving in the one direction along the moving direction so as to be sequentially located in each of the plurality of inspection areas via the second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas. The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are provided to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 stopped so as to image the inspection area on the inspection object SP. The inspection object SP is moved in the other direction opposite to the one direction along the movement direction via the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712c, the movement unit MVc performs a movement operation as described later.
 次に、本実施形態の動作について説明する。図8は、第3実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。図8Aは、最初の第1検査領域に表面検査装置Dcを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図8Bは、前記第1検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図8Cは、次の第2検査領域に表面検査装置Dcを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図8Dは、前記第2検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図8Eは、最後の第L検査領域に表面検査装置Dcを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図8Fは、前記第F検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図である。 Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the third embodiment. FIG. 8A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection apparatus Dc is moved to the first first inspection area, and FIG. 8B generates a plurality of images used for the inspection of the first inspection area. 8C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 8C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the next second inspection area. FIG. FIG. 8E is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG. 8E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the last L-th inspection region. FIG. 8F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
 このような構成の表面検査装置Dcは、その電源が投入されると、必要な各部の初期化を実行し、その稼働を始める。その制御処理プログラムの実行によって、制御処理部71cには、制御部711、移動制御部712cおよび検査処理部713が機能的に構成される。 (4) When the power is turned on, the surface inspection apparatus Dc having such a configuration executes initialization of necessary units and starts its operation. By executing the control processing program, a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712c, and an inspection processing unit 713 are functionally configured in the control processing unit 71c.
 例えば検査開始の指示を入力部72で受け付けると、図8において、まず、制御処理部71cの移動制御部712cは、図8Aに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pc1-1、第12位置Pc1-2および第13位置Pc1-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1c-1、撮像用移動部3cおよび第2照明用移動部1c-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿った一方向(前進方向)で移動する。この際、本実施形態では、撮像用移動部3cは、動力源を備えないので、上述のように、第1照明用移動部1c-1の第1照明側共連れ部材21-1が撮像用移動部3cの第1撮像側共連れ部材21-2に当接して係合し、撮像用移動部3cは、第1照明用移動部1c-1に押されることで、第1照明用移動部1c-1の移動に伴って移動する。このように、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が1つの纏まりとして扱われ、被検査物SPに対し第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動される。ここで、第11位置Pc1-1、第12位置Pc1-2および第13位置Pc1-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第12位置Pc1-2は、この図8Aに示す例では、撮像用移動部3cが第1照明用移動部1c-2に当接している当接状態での位置である。 For example, when an instruction to start an inspection is received by the input unit 72, first, in FIG. 8, the movement control unit 712c of the control processing unit 71c determines, as shown in FIG. The first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are respectively moved to the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the thirteenth position Pc1- so as to image the surface. 3 is moved in one direction (forward direction) along the moving direction by the first lighting moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second lighting moving unit 1c-2. At this time, in the present embodiment, the imaging moving unit 3c does not include a power source, and therefore, as described above, the first illumination side entrainment member 21-1 of the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 is used for imaging. The imaging moving unit 3c is pressed by the first illumination moving unit 1c-1 to be brought into contact with and engaged with the first imaging side trailing member 21-2 of the moving unit 3c. It moves with the movement of 1c-1. As described above, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one group, and the first illumination unit LP- 1. The plurality of imaging units CA and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction. Here, the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the thirteenth position Pc1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA In the example shown in FIG. 8A, the twelfth position Pc1-2 is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3c is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1c-2.
 続いて、図8Bに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第12位置Pc1-2に停止され、移動制御部712cは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第11位置Pc1-1および第13位置Pc1-3それぞれから、第14位置Pc1-4および第16位置Pc1-6それぞれまで、第1照明用移動部1c-1および第2照明用移動部1c-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿った一方向とは逆の逆方向(後進方向)で移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が個別に扱われ、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に互いに同じ移動速度で移動される。ここで、第14位置Pc1-4、第11位置Pc1-1、第12位置Pc1-2、第16位置Pc1-6および第13位置Pc1-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並ぶ。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71cは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71cへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 8B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the twelfth position Pc1-2, and the movement control unit 712c controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2, respectively. From the eleventh position Pc1-1 and the thirteenth position Pc1-3 to the fourteenth position Pc1-4 and the sixteenth position Pc1-6, respectively, the first lighting moving part 1c-1 and the second lighting moving part 1c- Each of them moves at a constant speed at the same moving speed in the opposite direction (reverse direction) to the one direction along the moving direction. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is supplied to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved at the same moving speed in the opposite direction along the moving direction. Here, the fourteenth position Pc1-4, the eleventh position Pc1-1, the twelfth position Pc1-2, the sixteenth position Pc1-6, and the thirteenth position Pc1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in one direction. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71c causes the plurality of imaging units CA to perform the first The surface to be inspected in one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Thereby, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71c.
 このように第1検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712cは、図8Cに示すように、図8Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが第2検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pc2-1、第22位置Pc2-2および第23位置Pc2-3それぞれに、第1照明用移動部1c-1、撮像用移動部3cおよび第2照明用移動部1c-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向で移動する。この際、上述のように、撮像用移動部3cは、第1照明用移動部1c-1の共連れで移動する。ここで、第21位置Pc2-1、第22位置Pc2-2および第23位置Pc2-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並び、複数の撮像部CAの位置である第22位置Pc2-2は、この図8Cに示す例では、撮像用移動部3cが第1照明用移動部1c-1に当接している当接状態での位置である。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region are obtained in this manner, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 8C, the movement control unit 712c performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described using FIG. 8A. The first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are each moved to the 21st position Pc2- so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the second inspection region. 1. The first illumination moving unit 1c-1, the imaging moving unit 3c, and the second illumination moving unit 1c-2 respectively move along the moving direction at the first, 22nd position Pc2-2 and 23rd position Pc2-3. Move in one direction. At this time, as described above, the imaging moving unit 3c moves together with the first illumination moving unit 1c-1. Here, the 21st position Pc2-1, the 22nd position Pc2-2, and the 23rd position Pc2-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along one direction of the moving direction, and the positions of the plurality of imaging units CA In the example shown in FIG. 8C, the 22nd position Pc2-2 is a position in a contact state where the imaging moving unit 3c is in contact with the first illumination moving unit 1c-1.
 続いて、図8Dに示すように、図8Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが第22位置Pc2-2に停止され、移動制御部712cは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第21位置Pc2-1および第23位置Pc2-3それぞれから、第24位置Pc2-4および第26位置Pc2-6それぞれまで、第1照明用移動部1c-1および第2照明用移動部1c-2それぞれによって互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に移動する。ここで、第24位置Pc2-4、第21位置Pc2-1、第22位置Pc2-2、第26位置Pc2-6および第23位置Pc2-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の一方向に沿って並ぶ。そして、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71cは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第2検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させ、これによって生成された複数の画像を、複数の撮像部CAは、それぞれ、制御処理部71cへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 8D, similarly to the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 8B, the plurality of imaging units CA are stopped at the 22nd position Pc2-2, and the movement control unit 712c sets the first illumination The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are respectively illuminated from the 21st position Pc2-1 and the 23rd position Pc2-3 to the 24th position Pc2-4 and the 26th position Pc2-6 respectively. The first moving unit 1c-1 and the second lighting moving unit 1c-2 move in the opposite direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed with the same moving speed. Here, the 24th position Pc2-4, the 21st position Pc2-1, the 22nd position Pc2-2, the 26th position Pc2-6, and the 23rd position Pc2-3 are sequentially in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in one direction. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71c causes the plurality of imaging units CA to perform the first The inspection surface of the two inspection regions is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval, and the plurality of images generated thereby are output to the control processing unit 71c, respectively.
 以下、図8Eおよび図8Fに示すように、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られるまで、図8Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図8Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が繰り返され、停止された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られる。 Hereinafter, as shown in FIGS. 8E and 8F, the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 8A and the description with reference to FIG. 8B until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final Lth inspection region are obtained. Each movement operation similar to each of the above-described movement operations is repeated, and while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the final movement operation is performed. Are obtained for the inspection surface of the L-th inspection region.
 そして、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られると、続いて、制御処理部71cの検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面それぞれについて、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像に基づいて当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その検査結果を出力部73に出力する。 Then, when a plurality of images for the inspection surface of each inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71c subsequently performs a process for each inspection surface of each inspection region on the inspection surface of the inspection region. The surface condition of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態における表面検査装置Dcおよびこれに実装された表面検査方法は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法と同様に、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部CAの個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 As described above, the surface inspection apparatus Dc according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
 上記表面検査装置Dcおよび表面検査方法は、共連れ部材21-1、21-2で第1照明部LP-1の移動に伴って撮像部CAを移動させるので、第1照明部LP-1を保持する第2保持部材11c-1~15c-1を移動させるための動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18c-1、19c-1で済む。 In the above-described surface inspection device Dc and surface inspection method, the imaging unit CA is moved by the tailgating members 21-1 and 21-2 along with the movement of the first illumination unit LP-1. Only the first and second power sources 18c-1 and 19c-1 for generating power for moving the second holding members 11c-1 to 15c-1 to be held are required.
 上記表面検査装置Dcおよび表面検査方法は、前記一方向および前記他方向に移動させるので、前記共連れ部材21-1、21-2で第1照明部LP-1の移動に伴って撮像部CAを確実に移動させることができる。 Since the surface inspection device Dc and the surface inspection method are moved in the one direction and the other direction, the imaging unit CA is moved along with the movement of the first illumination unit LP-1 by the tailgating members 21-1 and 21-2. Can be reliably moved.
 なお、図8を用いて説明した第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2ならびに複数の撮像部CAの各移動動作が第1および第2実施形態の表面検査装置Da、Dbにおける第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2;1b-1、1b-2を用いて再現されて、被検査物SPが検査されても良い。これによれば、前記一方向および前記他方向に移動させるので、前記一方向のみに移動させる場合に較べて、被検査物SPの被検査面全体を検査する場合における検査開始から検査終了までの総合移動量をより低減できる。 Note that each movement operation of the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 and the plurality of imaging units CA described with reference to FIG. 8 is performed by the surface inspection devices Da and Db of the first and second embodiments. The inspection object SP may be reproduced by using the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2. According to this, since the movement is performed in the one direction and the other direction, compared to the case where the movement is performed only in the one direction, the inspection from the start of the inspection to the end of the inspection when inspecting the entire inspection surface of the inspection object SP is performed. The total movement amount can be further reduced.
 次に、別の実施形態について説明する。
(第4実施形態)
 図9は、第4実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。第1ないし第3実施形態における表面検査装置Da~Dcでは、被検査物SPは、移動せずに、被検査物SPに対し第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2ならびに複数の撮像部CAが移動したが、第4実施形態における表面検査装置Ddでは、複数の撮像部CAは、移動せずに、複数の撮像部CAに対し被検査物SPならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2が移動するものである。
Next, another embodiment will be described.
(Fourth embodiment)
FIG. 9 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the fourth embodiment. In the surface inspection apparatuses Da to Dc in the first to third embodiments, the inspection object SP does not move, and moves with respect to the inspection object SP with the first and second illumination units LP-1, LP-2 and the plurality of light sources. Although the imaging unit CA has moved, in the surface inspection device Dd according to the fourth embodiment, the plurality of imaging units CA do not move, and the inspection object SP and the first and second illumination units are provided to the plurality of imaging units CA. LP-1 and LP-2 move.
 このような第4実施形態における表面検査装置Ddは、図9および図4に示すように、1または複数の照明部LP(LP-1、LP-2)と、1または複数の撮像部CA(CA-1~CA-11)と、移動部MVdと、制御処理部71dと、入力部72と、出力部73と、IF部74と、記憶部75とを備える。これら第4実施形態の表面検査装置Ddにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の表面検査装置Daにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 As shown in FIGS. 9 and 4, the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the fourth embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVd, a control processing unit 71d, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75. The illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device Dd according to the fourth embodiment are respectively the illumination units in the surface inspection device Da according to the first embodiment. The LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
 移動部MVdは、上述の移動部MVaと同様に、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させるものである。本実施形態では、移動部MVdは、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させる際には、撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを一つの纏まりとして扱い、移動しない撮像部CAおよび照明部LPに対し被検査物SPを移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させる際には、撮像部CAおよび照明部LPを個別に扱い、移動しない撮像部CAに対し照明部LPを移動させる。 The moving unit MVd relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the illumination unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, similarly to the above-described moving unit MVa. is there. In the present embodiment, when the inspection object SP and the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are relatively moved, the moving unit MVd treats the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP as one group and performs imaging without moving. When moving the inspection object SP with respect to the unit CA and the illumination unit LP and relatively moving the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA and the illumination unit LP are treated separately, and the imaging unit that does not move The illumination unit LP is moved with respect to CA.
 このような移動部MVdは、より具体的には、例えば、図9に示すように、第1照明部LP-1を移動させる第1照明用移動部1d-1と、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を移動せずに保持する撮像用保持部3dと、第2照明部LP-2を移動させる第2照明用移動部1d-2と、被検査物SPを移動させる被検査物用移動部BCdとを備える。なお、第1照明用移動部1d-1と第2照明用移動部1d-2とは、同一構成であるので、以下では、第1照明用移動部1d-1の構成について説明し、第2照明用移動部1d-2の説明は、省略するが、以下の説明において、「第1」および添え字「-1」それぞれを「第2」および「-2」に読み替えることによって、第2照明用移動部1d-2の構成について説明できる。 More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 9, the moving unit MVd includes a first lighting moving unit 1d-1 for moving the first lighting unit LP-1 and a first to eleventh imaging unit. The imaging holding unit 3d that holds the units CA-1 to CA-11 without moving, the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 that moves the second illumination unit LP-2, and the inspection object SP is moved. And an inspection object moving unit BCd. Since the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the second lighting moving unit 1d-2 have the same configuration, the configuration of the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 will be described below. Although the description of the illumination moving unit 1d-2 is omitted, in the following description, the "first" and the suffix "-1" are replaced with "second" and "-2", respectively, to thereby obtain the second illumination. The configuration of the moving unit 1d-2 can be described.
 撮像用保持部3dは、第1および第2基台31d、35dと、第1および第2立設部材32d、34dと、梁部材33dとを備える。これら第4実施形態の撮像用保持部3dにおける第1および第2基台31d、35d、第1および第2立設部材32d、34d、ならびに、梁部材33dは、それぞれ、第2実施形態のように第1および第2基台31d、35dが第1および第2照明用移動部1d-1、1d-2を載せ、さらに、前記移動方向に所定の移動距離だけ移動可能な大きさ(サイズ、面積)を持つ点を除き、第1実施形態の撮像用移動部3aにおける第1および第2基台31a、35a、第1および第2立設部材32a、34a、ならびに、梁部材33aと同様であるので、その説明を省略する。すなわち、第4実施形態の撮像用保持部3dは、第2実施形態の撮像用移動部3bから、第1および第2台車36b、37b、ならびに、第1および第2動力源38b、39bを取り除いた構成である。そして、この第4実施形態では、第1および第2基台31d、35dは、前記検査場所における所定の場所(箇所)に例えば高さ調整ネジ等によって水平調整可能に固定される。 保持 The imaging holding unit 3d includes first and second bases 31d and 35d, first and second standing members 32d and 34d, and a beam member 33d. The first and second bases 31d and 35d, the first and second standing members 32d and 34d, and the beam member 33d in the imaging holding unit 3d of the fourth embodiment are the same as those of the second embodiment. The first and second bases 31d and 35d carry the first and second lighting moving parts 1d-1 and 1d-2, respectively, and further have a size (size, Except that the first and second bases 31a and 35a, the first and second standing members 32a and 34a, and the beam member 33a in the imaging moving unit 3a of the first embodiment, except that they have an area. Therefore, the description is omitted. That is, the imaging holding unit 3d of the fourth embodiment removes the first and second carriages 36b and 37b and the first and second power sources 38b and 39b from the imaging moving unit 3b of the second embodiment. Configuration. In the fourth embodiment, the first and second bases 31d and 35d are fixed to predetermined locations (locations) in the inspection location by, for example, height adjustment screws or the like so as to be horizontally adjustable.
 第1照明用移動部1d-1は、第1および第2基台11d-1、15d-1と、第1および第2立設部材12d-1、14d-1と、梁部材13d-1と、第1および第2ボールねじ16d-1、17d-1と、第1および第2動力源18d-1、19d-1とを備える。これら第4実施形態の第1照明用移動部1d-1における第1および第2基台11d-1、15d-1、第1および第2立設部材12d-1、14d-1、ならびに、梁部材13d-1は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の第1照明用移動部1a-1における第1および第2基台11a-1、15a-1、第1および第2立設部材12a-1、14a-1、ならびに、梁部材13a-1と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。これら第4実施形態の第1照明用移動部1d-1における第1および第2ボールねじ16d-1、17d-1、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18d-1、19d-1は、それぞれ、第2実施形態の第1照明用移動部1b-1における第1および第2ボールねじ16b-1、17b-1、ならびに、第1および第2動力源18b-1、19b-1と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。すなわち、第4実施形態における第1照明用移動部1d-1は、第2実施形態における第1照明用移動部1b-1と同様に構成されている。 The first illumination moving section 1d-1 includes first and second bases 11d-1 and 15d-1, first and second standing members 12d-1 and 14d-1, and a beam member 13d-1. , First and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1, and first and second power sources 18d-1 and 19d-1. The first and second bases 11d-1 and 15d-1, the first and second standing members 12d-1 and 14d-1, and the beams in the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 of the fourth embodiment. The member 13d-1 is the first and second bases 11a-1, 15a-1, the first and second standing members 12a-1, 12a-1, Since it is the same as 14a-1 and the beam member 13a-1, the description is omitted. The first and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1 and the first and second power sources 18d-1 and 19d-1 in the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 of the fourth embodiment are respectively The same as the first and second ball screws 16b-1 and 17b-1 and the first and second power sources 18b-1 and 19b-1 in the first lighting moving section 1b-1 of the second embodiment. Therefore, the description is omitted. That is, the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 in the fourth embodiment is configured in the same manner as the first lighting moving unit 1b-1 in the second embodiment.
 そして、撮像用移動部3bにおける第1および第2基台31b、35bそれぞれには、第2実施形態における第3および第4案内部材53b、54bと同様の第3および第4案内部材53d、54dが配置されている。第1照明用移動部1d-1は、複数の撮像部CAを保持する、第1基台31d、第1立設部材32d、梁部材33d、第2立設部材34dおよび第2基台35dを備える第1保持部材より前方側(一方側)において、撮像用移動部3dの第1および第2基台31d、35d上に配置され、第3および第3案内部材53d、54dで案内(ガイド)される。第2照明用移動部1d-2は、前記第1保持部材31d~35dより後方側(他方側)において、撮像用移動部3dの第1および第2基台31d、35d上に配置され、第3および第3案内部材53d、54dで案内(ガイド)される。 The first and second bases 31b and 35b in the imaging moving unit 3b are respectively provided with third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d similar to the third and fourth guide members 53b and 54b in the second embodiment. Is arranged. The first illumination moving unit 1d-1 includes a first base 31d, a first standing member 32d, a beam member 33d, a second standing member 34d, and a second base 35d that hold a plurality of imaging units CA. On the front side (one side) of the provided first holding member, it is arranged on the first and second bases 31d and 35d of the imaging moving unit 3d, and is guided (guided) by the third and third guide members 53d and 54d. Is done. The second illumination moving unit 1d-2 is disposed on the first and second bases 31d and 35d of the imaging moving unit 3d on the rear side (the other side) of the first holding members 31d to 35d. It is guided (guided) by the third and third guide members 53d and 54d.
 したがって、第1および第2照明用移動部1d-1、1d-2間に、撮像用移動部3dによって保持された複数の撮像部CAが配置される。 Therefore, the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d are arranged between the first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2.
 被検査物用移動部BCdは、正面視にて門状に保持された第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2によって照明され、正面視にて門状における所定の各位置に配置された複数の撮像部CAによって撮像されるように、被検査物SPを前記所定の移動方向に沿って移動する機構である。被検査物用移動部BCdは、例えば、第1立設部材12d-1、32d、32d-2と、第2立設部材14d-1、34d、34d-2との間に配置される、前記移動方向に長尺な搬送ベルトと、前記搬送ベルトを前記移動方向に沿って移動させる駆動機構とを備え、前記駆動機構で前記搬送ベルトを移動させることによって、前記搬送ベルトに載置された被検査物SPを前記移動方向に沿って移動する。 The inspection object moving unit BCd is illuminated by the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 held in a gate shape in a front view, and is disposed at predetermined positions in the gate shape in a front view. This is a mechanism for moving the inspection object SP along the predetermined movement direction so that the plurality of imaging units CA are imaged. The inspection object moving section BCd is disposed, for example, between the first standing members 12d-1, 32d, 32d-2 and the second standing members 14d-1, 34d, 34d-2. A transport belt that is long in the moving direction; and a drive mechanism that moves the transport belt along the travel direction. The drive mechanism moves the transport belt to move the belt placed on the transport belt. The inspection object SP moves along the moving direction.
 第1照明用移動部1d-1に保持された第1照明部LP-1は、制御処理部71dの制御によって第1および第2動力源18d-1、19d-1が同期して稼働すると、それら各回転力によって第1および第2ボールねじ16d-1、17d-1を介して第3および第4案内部材53d、54dに案内され、第3および第4案内部材53d、54dに沿って移動する。すなわち、第1照明部LP-1は、撮像用移動部3dによって保持された複数の撮像部CAの前方側において、撮像用移動部3dに対して前記移動方向に沿って移動する。第2照明用移動部1d-2に保持された第2照明部LP-2は、制御処理部71dの制御によって第1および第2動力源18d-2、19d-2が同期して稼働すると、それら各回転力によって第1および第2ボールねじ16d-2、17d-2を介して第3および第4案内部材53d、54dに案内され、第3および第4案内部材53d、54dに沿って移動する。すなわち、第2照明部LP-2は、撮像用移動部3dによって保持された複数の撮像部CAの後方側において、撮像用移動部3dに対して前記移動方向に沿って移動する。被検査物SPは、制御処理部71dの制御によって被検査物用移動部BCdが稼働すると、被検査物用移動部BCdによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。例えば、制御処理部71dの制御によって前記駆動機構が稼働すると、前記搬送ベルトが前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動し、これによって前記搬送ベルトに載置された被検査物SPが前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。 When the first and second power sources 18d-1 and 19d-1 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71d, the first illumination unit LP-1 held by the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 operates. The respective rotational forces guide the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d via the first and second ball screws 16d-1 and 17d-1, and move along the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d. I do. That is, the first illumination unit LP-1 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3d in front of the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d. When the first and second power sources 18d-2 and 19d-2 operate in synchronization with each other under the control of the control processing unit 71d, the second illumination unit LP-2 held by the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 operates. The respective rotational forces guide the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d via the first and second ball screws 16d-2 and 17d-2, and move along the third and fourth guide members 53d and 54d. I do. That is, the second illumination unit LP-2 moves along the moving direction with respect to the imaging moving unit 3d behind the plurality of imaging units CA held by the imaging moving unit 3d. The inspection object SP moves in one direction along the moving direction by the inspection object moving unit BCd when the inspection object moving unit BCd operates under the control of the control processing unit 71d. For example, when the driving mechanism operates under the control of the control processing unit 71d, the transport belt moves in one direction along the moving direction, whereby the inspection object SP placed on the transport belt moves in the moving direction. Move in one direction along.
 制御処理部71dは、表面検査装置Ddの各部LP、CA、MVd、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するための回路である。制御処理部71dは、例えば、CPUおよびその周辺回路を備えて構成される。制御処理部71dは、前記制御処理プログラムが実行されることによって、制御部711、移動制御部712dおよび検査処理部713を機能的に備える。これら第4実施形態の制御処理部71dにおける制御部711および検査処理部713は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の制御処理部71aにおける制御部711および検査処理部713と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The control processing unit 71d controls each unit LP, CA, MVd, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the function of each unit, and inspects the surface state of the inspection surface of the inspection object SP. It is. The control processing unit 71d includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits. The control processing unit 71d functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712d, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program. The control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71d of the fourth embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
 移動制御部712dは、被検査物用移動部BCd(上述の例では被検査物用移動部BCdの前記駆動機構)を制御し、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを保持する前記第2保持部材11d-1~15d-1;11d-2~15d-2を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18d-1、19d-1;18d-2、19d-2を制御することで、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2に対し被検査物SPを移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向および前記一方向とは逆の他方向に移動させるように、移動部MVdの移動動作を制御するものである。被検査物SPの被検査面は、本実施形態でも、被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿って分割された、互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備える。移動制御部712cは、固定された第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し被検査物SPを所定の距離ごとに被検査物用移動部BCdを介して移動させ、前記被検査物SPが前記所定の距離だけ移動した後ごとに、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を、前記被検査物SPの移動方向に沿った一方向および前記一方向とは逆の他方向に交互に第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2を介して移動させる。このような移動制御部712dの制御によって、移動部MVdは、後述のように、移動の動作を行う。 The movement control unit 712d controls the inspection object movement unit BCd (the driving mechanism of the inspection object movement unit BCd in the above example), and controls the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2. First and second power sources 18d-1, 19d-1; 18d- for generating second power for moving the second holding members 11d-1 to 15d-1; 11d-2 to 15d-2 to be held. 2, 19d-2, the inspection object SP moves in the moving direction with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2. Moving the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 with respect to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 in the one direction along the movement direction. And moving in the other direction opposite to the one direction. And controls the movement of the parts MVd. In the present embodiment, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. The movement control unit 712c moves the inspection object SP by a predetermined distance to the fixed first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 via the inspection object moving unit BCd. Each time the inspection object SP moves by the predetermined distance, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are applied to the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. The inspection object SP is alternately moved in one direction along the moving direction of the inspection object SP and in the other direction opposite to the one direction via the first and second illumination moving units 1a-1 and 1a-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712d, the movement unit MVd performs a movement operation as described later.
 次に、本実施形態の動作について説明する。図10は、第4実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。図10Aは、最初の第1検査領域に表面検査装置Ddを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図10Bは、前記第1検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図10Cは、次の第2検査領域に表面検査装置Ddを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図10Dは、前記第2検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図10Eは、最後の第L検査領域に表面検査装置Dcを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図10Fは、前記第F検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図である。 Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 10 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 10A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection apparatus Dd is moved to the first first inspection area, and FIG. 10B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area. 10C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 10C is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dd is moved to the next second inspection area. FIG. FIG. 10E is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection region, and FIG. 10E illustrates a moving operation when the surface inspection device Dc is moved to the last L-th inspection region. FIG. 10F is a diagram for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
 このような構成の表面検査装置Ddは、その電源が投入されると、必要な各部の初期化を実行し、その稼働を始める。その制御処理プログラムの実行によって、制御処理部71dには、制御部711、移動制御部712dおよび検査処理部713が機能的に構成される。 (4) When the power is turned on, the surface inspection apparatus Dd having such a configuration performs initialization of necessary parts and starts operation. By executing the control processing program, the control processing unit 71d functionally includes the control unit 711, the movement control unit 712d, and the inspection processing unit 713.
 以下の説明において、図10では、所定の移動方向は、例えば、紙面左右方向であるが、上述の図5および図8とは異なり、前記移動方向における一方向は、紙面右から左に向かう方向であり、前記移動方向における逆方向は、紙面左から右に向かう方向である。後述の図12でも同様である。 In the following description, in FIG. 10, the predetermined moving direction is, for example, the horizontal direction on the paper, but unlike the above-described FIGS. 5 and 8, one direction in the moving direction is a direction from the right to the left on the paper. And the direction opposite to the moving direction is a direction from left to right on the paper. The same applies to FIG. 12 described later.
 例えば検査開始の指示を入力部72で受け付けると、図10において、まず、制御処理部71dの移動制御部712dは、図10Aに示すように、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、被検査物SPを第S1位置Pd-S1に被検査物用移動部BCdによって移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。なお、初期位置として、第1および第2照明部LP-1、第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第2照明用移動部1d-2が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3d側に寄った位置となるように、第1および第3位置Pd-1、Pd-3それぞれに配置されているものとする。あるいは、初期位置として、第1および第2照明部LP-1、第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第1照明用移動部1d-1が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3d側に寄った位置となるように、第4および第6位置Pd-4、Pd-6それぞれに配置されても良い。複数の撮像部CAは、第2位置Pd-2に配置されている。このように、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が1つの纏まりとして扱われ、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2に対し被検査物SPが前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動される。ここで、第1位置Pd-1、第4位置Pd-4、第2位置Pd-2、第3位置Pd-3および第6位置Pd-6は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並ぶ。 For example, when an instruction to start an inspection is received by the input unit 72, first, in FIG. 10, the movement control unit 712d of the control processing unit 71d determines, as shown in FIG. The inspection object SP is moved in one direction along the movement direction by the inspection object moving unit BCd to the first position Pd-S1 so as to image the surface. Note that, as the initial position, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are in contact states where the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 is in contact with the imaging holding unit 3d, respectively. It is assumed that they are arranged at the first and third positions Pd-1 and Pd-3, respectively, so as to be located closer to the imaging holding unit 3d side. Alternatively, as an initial position, the first and second lighting units LP-1 and LP-2 are in contact states where the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 is in contact with the imaging holding unit 3d, respectively. The fourth and sixth positions Pd-4 and Pd-6 may be arranged at positions closer to the imaging holding unit 3d. The plurality of imaging units CA are arranged at the second position Pd-2. As described above, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are treated as one unit, and the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units The inspection object SP is moved in one direction along the movement direction with respect to the CA and the second illumination unit LP-2. Here, the first position Pd-1, the fourth position Pd-4, the second position Pd-2, the third position Pd-3, and the sixth position Pd-6 are sequentially arranged in this order in the moving direction. Lined up in the opposite direction.
 続いて、図10Bに示すように、移動制御部712dは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第1位置Pd-1および第3位置Pd-3それぞれから、第4位置Pd-4および第6位置Pd-6それぞれまで、撮像用移動部3dの第1および第2基台11d-1、15d-1上において、第1照明用移動部1d-1および第2照明用移動部1d-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が個別に扱われ、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で移動される。そして、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71dは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71dへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 10B, the movement control unit 712d controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 from the first position Pd-1 and the third position Pd-3, respectively. On the first and second bases 11d-1 and 15d-1 of the imaging moving unit 3d, up to the fourth position Pd-4 and the sixth position Pd-6, respectively, the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the The two illumination moving units 1d-2 move in the opposite directions along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA. -1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved in the opposite direction along the movement direction at a constant speed of the same movement speed. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71d sends a first The surface to be inspected in one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71d.
 このように第1検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712dは、図10Cに示すように、図10Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、複数の撮像部CAが次の第2検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、被検査物SPを第S2位置Pd-S2に被検査物用移動部BCdによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the first inspection region are obtained in this manner, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 10C, the movement control unit 712d performs the same operation as the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 10A. The inspection object SP is moved to the S2 position Pd-S2 by the inspection object moving unit BCd along the moving direction so that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the next second inspection area. Move in the direction.
 続いて、図10Dに示すように、移動制御部712dは、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第4位置Pd-4および第6位置Pd-4それぞれから、第1位置Pd-1および第3位置Pd-3それぞれまで、撮像用移動部3dの第1および第2基台11d-1、15d-1上において、第1照明用移動部1d-1および第2照明用移動部1d-2それぞれによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で移動する。すなわち、この移動動作では、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2が個別に扱われ、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が前記移動方向に沿って一方向に互いに同じ移動速度の等速運動で移動される。そして、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71dは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71dへ出力する。 Subsequently, as illustrated in FIG. 10D, the movement control unit 712d controls the first lighting unit LP-1 and the second lighting unit LP-2 from the fourth position Pd-4 and the sixth position Pd-4, respectively. On the first and second bases 11d-1 and 15d-1 of the imaging moving unit 3d, up to the first position Pd-1 and the third position Pd-3, respectively, the first lighting moving unit 1d-1 and the The two illumination moving parts 1d-2 move in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. That is, in this moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 are individually handled, and the first illumination unit LP is provided to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA. -1 and the second illuminating unit LP-2 are moved in one direction along the moving direction at a constant speed of the same moving speed. Then, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA, the control processing unit 71d sends a first The inspection surface of one inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71d.
 以下、図10Eおよび図10Fに示すように、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られるまで、図10Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作、図10Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作、図10Cを用いて説明した上述の移動動作および図10Dを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が繰り返され、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られる。 Hereinafter, as shown in FIGS. 10E and 10F, the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10A and the description with reference to FIG. 10B until a plurality of images for the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained. The moving operation described above, the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10C and the moving operation described with reference to FIG. 10D are each repeated, and the plurality of moving operations are repeated for the fixed plurality of imaging units CA. While the first illuminator LP-1 and the second illuminator LP-2 are moving, a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final Lth inspection region are obtained.
 そして、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られると、続いて、制御処理部71dの検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面それぞれについて、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像に基づいて当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その検査結果を出力部73に出力する。 Then, when a plurality of images for the inspection surface of each inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71d subsequently determines the inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region. The surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
 このように本実施形態では、被検査物SPは、各検査領域ごとに、複数の撮像部CAが各検査領域を撮像できるように所定の距離をステップ状に、被検査物用移動部BCdによって前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、奇数番目の各検査領域では、図10Aを用いて説明したように、第2照明用移動部1d-2が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3d側に寄った位置から、第1照明用移動部1d-1が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3側に寄った位置となるように、第1および第2照明用移動部1d-1、1d-2によって前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に移動する。偶数番目の各検査領域では、図10Cを用いて説明したように、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、第1照明用移動部1d-1が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3d側に寄った位置から、第2照明用移動部1d-2が撮像用保持部3dに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3d側に寄った位置となるように、第1および第2照明用移動部1d-1、1d-2によって移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。そして、固定された複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、複数の撮像部CAは、それぞれ、検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像する。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the inspection object SP is moved stepwise at a predetermined distance by the inspection object moving unit BCd so that the plurality of imaging units CA can image each inspection region for each inspection region. It moves in one direction along the moving direction. In each of the odd-numbered inspection regions, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are connected to the second illumination moving unit 1d-2 by the imaging holding unit 3d as described with reference to FIG. 10A. From the abutting state or the position closer to the imaging holding unit 3d, the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 abuts on the imaging holding unit 3d or the position closer to the imaging holding unit 3d. The first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2 move in opposite directions along the moving direction so that In each of the even-numbered inspection areas, as described with reference to FIG. 10C, the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are configured such that the first illumination moving unit 1d-1 is provided in the imaging holding unit 3d. The second illumination moving unit 1d-2 comes into contact with the imaging holding unit 3d or the position toward the imaging holding unit 3d from the abutting state of contacting or the position approaching the imaging holding unit 3d. The first and second illumination moving units 1d-1 and 1d-2 move in one direction along the moving direction such that While the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving with respect to the fixed plurality of imaging units CA, each of the plurality of imaging units CA The surface is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態における表面検査装置Ddおよびこれに実装された表面検査方法は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法と同様に、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部CAの個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 As described above, the surface inspection apparatus Dd according to the present embodiment and the surface inspection method mounted thereon are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment in that the method for imaging at a higher magnification is used. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
 上記表面検査装置Ddおよび表面検査方法は、前記移動部MVdを備えるので、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を固定できる。 The surface inspection apparatus Dd and the surface inspection method include the moving unit MVd, so that the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 can be fixed.
 次に、別の実施形態について説明する。
(第5実施形態)
 図11は、第5実施形態における表面検査装置の機械的な構成を示す斜視図である。第4実施形態における表面検査装置Ddでは、複数の撮像部CAによって検査領域の被検査面の画像を生成する際には、被検査物SPが停止されたが、第5実施形態における表面検査装置Deでは、複数の撮像部CAによって検査領域の被検査面の画像を生成する際も、被検査物SPは、移動するものである。
Next, another embodiment will be described.
(Fifth embodiment)
FIG. 11 is a perspective view illustrating a mechanical configuration of the surface inspection device according to the fifth embodiment. In the surface inspection device Dd according to the fourth embodiment, the inspection object SP is stopped when the images of the inspection surface in the inspection region are generated by the plurality of imaging units CA. In De, the inspection object SP moves even when an image of the inspection surface in the inspection area is generated by the plurality of imaging units CA.
 このような第5実施形態における表面検査装置Deは、図11および図4に示すように、1または複数の照明部LP(LP-1、LP-2)と、1または複数の撮像部CA(CA-1~CA-11)と、移動部MVeと、制御処理部71eと、入力部72と、出力部73と、IF部74と、記憶部75とを備える。これら第5実施形態の表面検査装置Deにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の表面検査装置Daにおける照明部LP、撮像部CA、入力部72、出力部73、IF部74および記憶部75と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 As shown in FIGS. 11 and 4, the surface inspection apparatus De according to the fifth embodiment includes one or a plurality of illumination units LP (LP-1, LP-2) and one or a plurality of imaging units CA ( CA-1 to CA-11), a moving unit MVe, a control processing unit 71e, an input unit 72, an output unit 73, an IF unit 74, and a storage unit 75. The illumination unit LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 in the surface inspection device De of the fifth embodiment are respectively illuminators in the surface inspection device Da of the first embodiment. The LP, the imaging unit CA, the input unit 72, the output unit 73, the IF unit 74, and the storage unit 75 are the same as those described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
 移動部MVeは、上述の移動部MVaと同様に、被検査物SPと撮像部CAおよび照明部LPとを相対的に移動させ、撮像部CAと照明部LPとを相対的に移動させるものであり、例えば、図11に示すように、第1照明部LP-1を移動させる第1照明用移動部1e-1と、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を一体的に移動させる撮像用移動部3eと、第2照明部LP-2を移動させる第2照明用移動部1e-2と、被検査物SPを移動させる被検査物用移動部BCeとを備える。これら第5実施形態の移動部MVeにおける第1照明用移動部1e-1、撮像用移動部3eおよび第2照明用移動部1b-2は、それぞれ、その各移動動作が異なる点を除き、第2実施形態の移動部MVbにおける第1照明用移動部1b-1、撮像用移動部3bおよび第2照明用移動部1b-2と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。第5実施形態の移動部MVeにおける被検査物用移動部BCeは、その移動動作が異なる点を除き、第4実施形態の移動部MVeにおける被検査物用移動部BCdと同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The moving unit MVe relatively moves the inspection object SP, the imaging unit CA, and the lighting unit LP, and relatively moves the imaging unit CA and the lighting unit LP, similarly to the moving unit MVa described above. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, the first illumination moving unit 1e-1 for moving the first illumination unit LP-1 and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are integrally formed. It includes an imaging moving unit 3e to be moved, a second lighting moving unit 1e-2 to move the second lighting unit LP-2, and a test object moving unit BCe to move the test object SP. The first lighting moving unit 1e-1, the imaging moving unit 3e, and the second lighting moving unit 1b-2 in the moving unit MVe according to the fifth embodiment are respectively similar to the first moving unit 1e-1 except that their moving operations are different. The moving unit MVb of the second embodiment is the same as the moving unit 1b-1, the moving unit 3b for imaging, and the moving unit 1b-2 for second illumination in the moving unit MVb of the second embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted. The moving part BCe for the inspection object in the moving part MVe of the fifth embodiment is similar to the moving part BCd for the inspection object in the moving part MVe of the fourth embodiment except that the moving operation is different. Description is omitted.
 制御処理部71eは、表面検査装置Deの各部LP、CA、MVe、72~75を当該各部の機能に応じてそれぞれ制御し、被検査物SPにおける被検査面の表面状態を検査するための回路である。制御処理部71eは、例えば、CPUおよびその周辺回路を備えて構成される。制御処理部71eは、前記制御処理プログラムが実行されることによって、制御部711、移動制御部712eおよび検査処理部713を機能的に備える。これら第5実施形態の制御処理部71eにおける制御部711および検査処理部713は、それぞれ、第1実施形態の制御処理部71aにおける制御部711および検査処理部713と同様であるので、その説明を省略する。 The control processing unit 71e controls the respective units LP, CA, MVe, and 72 to 75 of the surface inspection device De according to the functions of the respective units, and inspects the surface state of the inspection target surface of the inspection target SP. It is. The control processing unit 71e includes, for example, a CPU and its peripheral circuits. The control processing unit 71e functionally includes a control unit 711, a movement control unit 712e, and an inspection processing unit 713 by executing the control processing program. The control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71e of the fifth embodiment are the same as the control unit 711 and the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71a of the first embodiment, respectively. Omitted.
 移動制御部712eは、被検査物用移動部BCe(上述の例では被検査物用移動部BCeの前記駆動機構)を制御し、第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を保持する前記第1保持部材31e~35eを移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1および第2動力源38e、39eを制御し、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2それぞれを保持する前記第2保持部材11e-1~15e-1;11e-2~15e-2を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第1および第2動力源18e-1、19e-1;18e-2、19e-2を制御することで、被検査物SPと第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11ならびに第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向および前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆の他方向に移動させるように、移動部MVeの移動動作を制御するものである。被検査物SPの被検査面は、本実施形態でも、被検査物SPの前記移動方向に沿って分割された、互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備える。移動制御部712eは、被検査物SPを前記移動方向に沿った一方向に被検査物用移動部BCeを介して移動させ、前記移動する前記被検査物SPに対し第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記移動する前記被検査物SPにおける当該検査領域を撮像するように前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11を撮像用移動部3eを介して移動させるとともに、前記移動する前記第1ないし第11撮像部CA-1~CA-11に対し前記第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を第1および第2照明用移動部1e-1、1e-2を介して移動させる。このような移動制御部712eの制御によって、移動部MVeは、後述のように、移動の動作を行う。 The movement control unit 712e controls the inspection object movement unit BCe (in the above example, the driving mechanism of the inspection object movement unit BCe) and holds the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11. The first and second power sources 38e and 39e that generate the first power for moving the first holding members 31e to 35e are controlled, and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are respectively controlled. First and second power sources 18e-1, 19e-1; 18e-1 for generating second power for moving the second holding members 11e-1 to 15e-1; 11e-2 to 15e-2 to be held. 2, 19e-2, the inspection object SP and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 and the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved along the moving direction. In one direction, the first to eleventh The first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved in the one direction along the moving direction and the one direction along the moving direction with respect to the image units CA-1 to CA-11. The moving operation of the moving unit MVe is controlled so as to move in the other direction. In the present embodiment, the inspection surface of the inspection object SP also includes a plurality of different inspection regions divided along the moving direction of the inspection object SP. The movement control unit 712e moves the inspection object SP in one direction along the movement direction via the inspection object moving unit BCe, and outputs a first to an eleventh imaging unit for the moving inspection object SP. CA-1 to CA-11 are moved so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection areas, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas, the imaging is performed so that the inspection area of the moving inspection object SP is imaged. The first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved via the imaging moving unit 3e, and the first to eleventh imaging units CA-1 to CA-11 are moved with respect to the first imaging unit CA-1 to CA-11. And the second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 are moved via the first and second illumination moving units 1e-1 and 1e-2. Under the control of the movement control unit 712e, the movement unit MVe performs a movement operation as described later.
 次に、本実施形態の動作について説明する。図12は、第4実施形態の表面検査装置における移動動作を説明するための図である。図12Aは、最初の第1検査領域に表面検査装置Deを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Bは、前記第1検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Cは、前記第1検査領域の検査に用いる前記複数の画像の生成終了後、次の第2検査領域の準備のために、表面検査装置Deを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Dは、前記第2検査領域に表面検査装置Deを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Eは、前記第2検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Fは、前記第2検査領域の検査に用いる前記複数の画像の生成終了後、次の第3検査領域の準備のために、表面検査装置Deを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Gは、最後の第L検査領域に表面検査装置Deを移動させる場合の移動動作を説明するための図であり、図12Hは、前記第F検査領域の検査に用いる複数の画像を生成する場合の移動動作を説明するための図である。 Next, the operation of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining a moving operation in the surface inspection device of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 12A is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving the surface inspection apparatus De to the first first inspection area, and FIG. 12B generates a plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area. FIG. 12C is a view for explaining a moving operation in the case, and FIG. 12C is a diagram illustrating a surface inspection apparatus for preparing a next second inspection area after the generation of the plurality of images used for inspection of the first inspection area is completed. FIG. 12D is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving De, and FIG. 12D is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when moving the surface inspection device De to the second inspection region; FIG. 12F is a view for explaining a moving operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection area, and FIG. 12F shows a state after the generation of the plurality of images used for inspection of the second inspection area is completed. Preparation for the next third inspection area FIG. 12G is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection device De is moved, and FIG. 12G is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when the surface inspection device De is moved to the last L-th inspection region. FIG. 12H is a diagram for explaining a movement operation when generating a plurality of images used for inspection of the F-th inspection region.
 このような構成の表面検査装置Deは、その電源が投入されると、必要な各部の初期化を実行し、その稼働を始める。その制御処理プログラムの実行によって、制御処理部71eには、制御部711、移動制御部712eおよび検査処理部713が機能的に構成される。 (4) When the power is turned on, the surface inspection apparatus De having such a configuration performs initialization of necessary units and starts its operation. By executing the control processing program, a control section 711, a movement control section 712e, and an inspection processing section 713 are functionally configured in the control processing section 71e.
 例えば検査開始の指示を入力部72で受け付けると、まず、制御処理部71eの移動制御部712eは、被検査物SPを被検査物用移動部BCdによって予め設定された適宜な所定の移動速度で移動方向に沿った一方向に移動する。ここで、初期位置として、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CA、第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第2照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用保持部3側に寄った位置となるように、第11ないし第13位置Pe1-1、Pe1-2、Pe1-3それぞれに配置されているものとする。 For example, when an instruction to start the inspection is received by the input unit 72, first, the movement control unit 712e of the control processing unit 71e moves the inspection object SP at an appropriate predetermined moving speed preset by the inspection object moving unit BCd. Move in one direction along the movement direction. Here, as the initial position, in the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2, the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 abuts on the imaging moving unit 3e. It is assumed that they are arranged at the eleventh to thirteenth positions Pe1-1, Pe1-2, Pe1-3 so as to be in a contact state or a position closer to the imaging holding unit 3 side.
 図12において、移動制御部712eは、上述の被検査物SPの移動によって、複数の撮像部CAが第1検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、停止している複数の撮像部CAに対し被検査物SPが移動すると、移動制御部712eは、図12Aに示すように、複数の撮像部CAを撮像用移動部3eによって被検査物SPの移動速度と同じ移動速度で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、見かけ上、被検査物SPが静止しているように見える。そして、このような複数の撮像部CAの移動開始と同時に、移動制御部712eは、図12Aおよび図12Bに示すように、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第2照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置から、第1照明用移動部1e-1が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置となるように、第1照明用移動部1e-1および第2照明用移動部1e-2それぞれによって、撮像部CAの移動速度(すなわち、被検査物SPの移動速度)より遅い移動速度で、前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。なお、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2は、撮像部CAの移動速度と同じ移動速度で撮像部CAと同時に移動を開始してから、撮像部CAの移動速度より遅い移動速度で移動しても良い。このような撮像部CAの移動速度より遅い移動速度で第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71eは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71eへ出力する。このような移動動作によって、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第11位置Pe1-1、第12位置Pe1-2および第13位置Pe1-3から、第14位置Pe1-4、第15位置Pe1-5および第16位置Pe1-6に移動する。ここで、第11位置Pe1-1、第12位置Pe1-2および第13位置Pe1-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並び、第14位置Pe1-4、第15位置Pe1-5および第16位置Pe1-6は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並び、第14位置Pe1-4および第11位置Pe1-1は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並び、第15位置Pe1-5および第12位置Pe1-2は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並び、第16位置Pe1-6および第13位置Pe1-3は、それぞれ、この順で順次に前記移動方向の逆方向に沿って並ぶ。 In FIG. 12, the movement control unit 712e provides a plurality of stopped imaging units CA such that the plurality of imaging units CA image the inspection surface of the first inspection region by the movement of the inspection object SP described above. On the other hand, when the inspection object SP moves, as illustrated in FIG. 12A, the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to move in the moving direction at the same movement speed as the inspection object SP by the imaging movement unit 3e. Move along one direction. Thereby, the plurality of imaging units CA seem as if the inspection object SP is stationary. Simultaneously with the start of the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA, the movement control unit 712e controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B. The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e from a contact state where the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e side. The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 respectively move the imaging unit CA so that the contacting state or the position close to the imaging moving unit 3e is brought into contact. That is, it moves in one direction along the moving direction at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the inspection object SP). Note that the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2 start moving at the same time as the moving speed of the imaging unit CA at the same time as the moving speed of the imaging unit CA, and then move at a speed lower than the moving speed of the imaging unit CA. You may move at a speed. While the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the imaging unit CA, the control processing unit 71e controls the plurality of imaging units CA respectively. The surface to be inspected in the first inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Thereby, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region at different timings. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71e. By such a moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively move the eleventh position Pe1-1, the twelfth position Pe1-2, and the thirteenth position Pe1. From -3, it moves to the fourteenth position Pe1-4, the fifteenth position Pe1-5, and the sixteenth position Pe1-6. Here, the eleventh position Pe1-1, the twelfth position Pe1-2, and the thirteenth position Pe1-3 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the moving direction, and the fourteenth position Pe1-4, The fifteenth position Pe1-5 and the sixteenth position Pe1-6 are respectively sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the moving direction, and the fourteenth position Pe1-4 and the eleventh position Pe1-1 are respectively The 15th position Pe1-5 and the twelfth position Pe1-2 are sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the movement direction, and the 15th position Pe1-5 and the twelfth position Pe1-2 are sequentially arranged in this order along the reverse direction of the movement direction. The sixteenth position Pe1-6 and the thirteenth position Pe1-3 are sequentially arranged in this order along the direction opposite to the moving direction.
 このように第1検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712eは、図12Cに示すように、複数の撮像部CAの移動を停止し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第1照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置から、第2照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置となるように、第1照明用移動部1e-1および第2照明用移動部1e-2それぞれによって、絶対値で被検査物SPの移動速度より速い移動速度で、前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に移動する。このような移動動作によって、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第14位置Pe1-4および第16位置Pe1-6から、第21位置Pe2-1および第23位置Pe2-3に移動する。これによって第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2は、停止中の複数の撮像部CAに対し前記初期位置と同様な位置関係となる。ここで、説明の都合上、停止中の複数の撮像部CAにおける第15位置Pe1-5を第22位置Pe2-2と置き換える。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the first inspection area are obtained in this way, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 12C, the movement control unit 712e stops the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA and performs the first illumination. The unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved from the contact state in which the first illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or the position shifted toward the imaging moving unit 3e. (2) The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 are brought into a contact state where the illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e. Each of the moving units 1e-2 moves in the opposite direction along the moving direction at a moving speed higher than the moving speed of the inspection object SP in absolute value. By such a moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively move the fourteenth position Pe1-4 and the sixteenth position Pe1-6 from the twenty-first position Pe2-1 and the twenty-third position. Move to the position Pe2-3. Accordingly, the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 have the same positional relationship with the plurality of stopped imaging units CA as the initial position. Here, for convenience of explanation, the fifteenth position Pe1-5 in the plurality of stopped imaging units CA is replaced with the twenty-second position Pe2-2.
 続いて、移動制御部712eは、図12Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作と同様に、上述の被検査物SPの移動によって、複数の撮像部CAが第2検査領域の被検査面を撮像するように、停止している複数の撮像部CAに対し被検査物SPが移動すると、移動制御部712eは、図12Dに示すように、複数の撮像部CAを撮像用移動部3eによって被検査物SPの移動速度と同じ移動速度で前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。そして、このような複数の撮像部CAの移動開始と同時に、移動制御部712eは、図12Dおよび図12Eに示すように、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第2照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置から、第1照明用移動部1e-1が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置となるように、第1照明用移動部1e-1および第2照明用移動部1e-2それぞれによって、撮像部CAの移動速度(すなわち、被検査物SPの移動速度)より遅い移動速度で、前記移動方向に沿って一方向に移動する。このような撮像部CAの移動速度より遅い移動速度で第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、制御処理部71eは、複数の撮像部CAそれぞれに第1検査領域の被検査面を、所定のサンプリング間隔で複数回、撮像させる。これによって複数の撮像部CAは、第1検査領域の被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記第1検査領域の被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像を生成し、この生成した複数の画像を制御処理部71eへ出力する。このような移動動作によって、第1照明部LP-1、複数の撮像部CAおよび第2照明部LP-2は、それぞれ、第21位置Pe2-1、第22位置Pe2-2および第23位置Pe2-3から、第24位置Pe2-4、第25位置Pe2-5および第26位置Pe2-6に移動する。ここで、これら第21位置Pe2-1、第22位置Pe2-2、第23位置Pe2-3、第24位置Pe2-4、第25位置Pe2-5および第26位置Pe2-6の相互の位置関係は、上述の第11位置Pe1-1、第12位置Pe1-2、第13位置Pe1-3、第14位置Pe1-4、第15位置Pe1-5および第16位置Pe1-6の相互の位置関係と同様である。 Subsequently, similarly to the above-described movement operation described with reference to FIG. 12A, the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to image the inspection surface of the second inspection region by the movement of the inspection object SP described above. When the inspection object SP moves with respect to the plurality of stopped imaging units CA, the movement control unit 712e causes the plurality of imaging units CA to be inspected by the imaging moving unit 3e as illustrated in FIG. 12D. The object SP moves in one direction along the moving direction at the same moving speed as the moving speed of the object SP. Simultaneously with the start of the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA, the movement control unit 712e controls the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 as shown in FIGS. 12D and 12E. The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 is brought into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e from a contact state where the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e side. The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 respectively move the imaging unit CA so that the contacting state or the position close to the imaging moving unit 3e is brought into contact. That is, it moves in one direction along the moving direction at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the inspection object SP). While the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving at a moving speed lower than the moving speed of the imaging unit CA, the control processing unit 71e controls the plurality of imaging units CA respectively. The surface to be inspected in the first inspection region is imaged a plurality of times at a predetermined sampling interval. Accordingly, the plurality of imaging units CA image each of the inspection surface of the first inspection region illuminated with the illumination light having the plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface of the first inspection region. A plurality of images are generated, and the generated plurality of images are output to the control processing unit 71e. By such a moving operation, the first illumination unit LP-1, the plurality of imaging units CA, and the second illumination unit LP-2 respectively cause the 21st position Pe2-1, the 22nd position Pe2-2, and the 23rd position Pe2. From -3, it moves to the 24th position Pe2-4, the 25th position Pe2-5, and the 26th position Pe2-6. Here, the mutual positional relationship among the 21st position Pe2-1, the 22nd position Pe2-2, the 23rd position Pe2-3, the 24th position Pe2-4, the 25th position Pe2-5, and the 26th position Pe2-6. Is the relative positional relationship between the eleventh position Pe1-1, the twelfth position Pe1-2, the thirteenth position Pe1-3, the fourteenth position Pe1-4, the fifteenth position Pe1-5, and the sixteenth position Pe1-6. Is the same as
 このように第2検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像が得られると、続いて、移動制御部712eは、図12Fに示すように、複数の撮像部CAの移動を停止し、第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2それぞれを、第1照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置から、第2照明用移動部1e-2が撮像用移動部3eに当接する当接状態または撮像用移動部3e側に寄った位置となるように、第1照明用移動部1e-1および第2照明用移動部1e-2それぞれによって、絶対値で被検査物SPの移動速度より速い移動速度で、前記移動方向に沿って逆方向に移動する。 When a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the second inspection area are obtained in this way, subsequently, as shown in FIG. 12F, the movement control unit 712e stops the movement of the plurality of imaging units CA and performs the first illumination. The unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moved from the contact state in which the first illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or the position shifted toward the imaging moving unit 3e. (2) The first illumination moving unit 1e-1 and the second illumination moving unit 1e-2 are brought into a contact state where the illumination moving unit 1e-2 comes into contact with the imaging moving unit 3e or a position close to the imaging moving unit 3e. Each of the moving units 1e-2 moves in the opposite direction along the moving direction at a moving speed higher than the moving speed of the inspection object SP in absolute value.
 以下、図12Gおよび図12Hに示すように、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られるまで、図12Aを用いて説明した上述の移動動作、図12Aおよび図12Bを用いて説明した上述の移動動作、および、図12Cを用いて説明した上述の移動動作それぞれと同様な各移動動作が繰り返され、被検査物SPと同期して移動している複数の撮像部CAに対して第1照明部LP-1および第2照明部LP-2が移動している間に、最終の第L検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られる。 Hereinafter, as shown in FIGS. 12G and 12H, the above-described moving operation described with reference to FIG. 12A and FIGS. 12A and 12B will be used until a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained. The above-described moving operation and the respective moving operations similar to the above-described moving operations described with reference to FIG. 12C are repeated, and the plurality of imaging units CA moving in synchronization with the inspection object SP are repeated. On the other hand, while the first illumination unit LP-1 and the second illumination unit LP-2 are moving, a plurality of images on the surface to be inspected in the final L-th inspection region are obtained.
 そして、各検査領域の被検査面に対する複数の画像が得られると、続いて、制御処理部71eの検査処理部713は、各検査領域の被検査面それぞれについて、当該検査領域の被検査面における複数の画像に基づいて当該検査領域における被検査面の表面状態を検査し、その検査結果を出力部73に出力する。 Then, when a plurality of images for the inspection surface of each inspection region are obtained, the inspection processing unit 713 of the control processing unit 71e subsequently performs an inspection for each inspection surface of each inspection region in the inspection surface of the inspection region. The surface state of the inspection surface in the inspection area is inspected based on the plurality of images, and the inspection result is output to the output unit 73.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態における表面検査装置Deおよびこれに実装された表面検査方法は、第1実施形態における表面検査装置Daおよび表面検査方法と同様に、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部CAの個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 As described above, the surface inspection apparatus De and the surface inspection method mounted thereon according to the present embodiment are similar to the surface inspection apparatus Da and the surface inspection method according to the first embodiment. Is adopted, the number of imaging units CA and the inspection time can be further reduced.
 上記表面検査装置Deおよび表面検査方法は、前記移動部MVeを備えるので、ラインを移動する被検査物SPであっても、ラインの移動中に検査できる。 The surface inspection device De and the surface inspection method include the moving unit MVe, so that the inspection object SP that moves on the line can be inspected while the line is moving.
 なお、上述の第1ないし第5実施形態における表面検査装置Da~Deは、第1および第2照明部LP-1、LP-2を備えて構成されたが、いずれか一方、例えば、第1照明部PL-1のみを備えて構成されても良い。すなわち、表面検査装置Dは、1個の照明部LPと1または複数の撮像部CAを備えて構成されても良い。 Although the surface inspection apparatuses Da to De in the above-described first to fifth embodiments are configured to include the first and second illumination units LP-1 and LP-2, one of them, for example, the first It may be configured to include only the illumination section PL-1. That is, the surface inspection device D may include one illumination unit LP and one or more imaging units CA.
 また、上述の第1ないし第5実施形態において、表面検査装置Da~Deは、図1、図6、図7、図9および図11に破線で示すように、第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2;1b-1、1b-2;1c-1、1c-2;1d-1、1d-2;1e-1、1e-2をより確実に同期して移動させるために、第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2;1b-1、1b-2;1c-1、1c-2;1d-1、1d-2;1e-1、1e-2を互いに連結する連結部材20をさらに備えても良い。例えば、前記連結部材20は、第1および第2照明用移動部1a-1、1a-2;1b-1、1b-2;1c-1、1c-2;1d-1、1d-2;1e-1、1e-2における各梁部材13a-1、13a-2;13b-1、13b-2;13c-1、13c-2;13d-1、13d-2;13e-1、13e-2を互いに連結する柱状の左右1対の第1および第2連結部材20-1、20-2を備える。 In the above-described first to fifth embodiments, the surface inspection apparatuses Da to De use the first and second illumination movements as shown by broken lines in FIGS. 1, 6, 7, 9, and 11. 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; 1e-1, 1e-2 to move more reliably and synchronously. First and second illumination moving parts 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; 1e-1, 1e-2. May be further provided. For example, the connecting member 20 includes first and second lighting moving parts 1a-1, 1a-2; 1b-1, 1b-2; 1c-1, 1c-2; 1d-1, 1d-2; -1, 1e-2, beam members 13a-1, 13a-2; 13b-1, 13b-2; 13c-1, 13c-2; 13d-1, 13d-2; 13e-1, 13e-2. It includes a pair of left and right first and second connecting members 20-1 and 20-2 that are connected to each other.
 本明細書は、上記のように様々な態様の技術を開示しているが、そのうち主な技術を以下に纏める。 The present specification discloses various aspects of the technology as described above, and the main technologies are summarized below.
 一態様にかかる表面検査装置は、被検査物の被検査面に照明光を照射して前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する装置であって、明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して前記照明光として照射する照明部と、前記被検査面を撮像して前記画像を生成する撮像部と、前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させ、前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる移動部とを備える。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記照明部は、明領域と暗領域との組を複数、前記移動部による移動方向に沿って順次に形成して前記照明光として照射する。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記撮像部は、前記移動部による移動方向に交差する方向に沿って配置された複数である。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記照明部は、前記移動部による移動方向に沿って配置された複数である。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記照明部は、前記移動部による移動方向に沿って所定の距離だけ離間して配置された2個の第1および第2照明部であり、前記撮像部は、前記第1照明部と前記第2照明部との間に、前記移動部による移動方向に交差する交差方向に沿って配置された複数である。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記被検査物は、底面を持つ3次元の立体形状であり、前記撮像部は、前記底面を除く前記被検査物の外面における全部または一部に対し、前記移動部による移動方向に交差する交差方向に沿って配置された複数であり、前記照明部は、明領域と暗領域との組を複数、前記移動部による移動方向に沿って順次に形成して前記照明光として照射する。好ましくは、前記被検査物は、底面、上面、正面、背面、右側面および左側面を持つ3次元の立体形状であり、前記底面を除く前記被検査物の外面は、前記上面、前記右側面および前記左側面である。 A surface inspection apparatus according to one aspect is an apparatus that irradiates illumination light to a surface to be inspected of an object to be inspected and inspects a surface state of the surface to be inspected based on an image obtained by imaging the surface to be inspected. An illumination unit that forms at least one set of a region and a dark region and irradiates the illumination light as the illumination light, an imaging unit that captures the inspection surface to generate the image, the inspection object, the imaging unit, A moving unit that relatively moves the illumination unit and relatively moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit; Preferably, in the above-described surface inspection device, the illumination unit sequentially forms a plurality of sets of a bright region and a dark region along a moving direction of the moving unit, and irradiates the pair as the illumination light. Preferably, in the surface inspection device described above, the plurality of imaging units are arranged along a direction intersecting a moving direction of the moving unit. Preferably, in the surface inspection apparatus described above, the plurality of illumination units are arranged along a moving direction of the moving unit. Preferably, in the above-described surface inspection device, the illumination unit is two first and second illumination units that are arranged apart from each other by a predetermined distance along a moving direction of the moving unit, and the imaging unit Are a plurality disposed between the first lighting unit and the second lighting unit along an intersecting direction intersecting a moving direction of the moving unit. Preferably, in the above-described surface inspection apparatus, the object to be inspected is a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, and the imaging unit is configured such that all or a part of an outer surface of the object to be inspected except the bottom surface is A plurality of pairs of bright areas and dark areas, which are sequentially arranged along a direction of movement by the moving unit, the plurality of sets being arranged along a cross direction intersecting with a direction of movement by the moving unit. To irradiate the illumination light. Preferably, the inspection object has a three-dimensional three-dimensional shape having a bottom surface, a top surface, a front surface, a back surface, a right side surface, and a left side surface, and the outer surface of the inspection object except the bottom surface includes the top surface, the right side surface And the left side.
 このような表面検査装置は、前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる移動部を備えるので、移動方向に交差する交差方向に複数の撮像部を備えても、前記移動方向における撮像部の個数を増加する必要がないので、撮像部の個数をより低減でき、前記交差方向に複数の撮像部を備えることで、検査時間をより低減できる。したがって、上記表面検査装置は、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部の個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 Since such a surface inspection apparatus includes a moving unit that relatively moves the object to be inspected, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit, the surface inspection apparatus may include a plurality of imaging units in an intersecting direction intersecting the moving direction. Since there is no need to increase the number of imaging units in the moving direction, the number of imaging units can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units in the cross direction. Therefore, the surface inspection apparatus can further reduce the number of imaging units and the inspection time even when the above-described technique of imaging at a higher magnification is employed.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記撮像部を保持する第1保持部材と、前記照明部を保持する第2保持部材と、前記相対的に移動させるための動力を生成する動力部とを備える。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit includes a first holding member that holds the imaging unit, a second holding member that holds the lighting unit, and the second holding member. A power unit for generating power.
 このような表面検査装置は、第1保持部材を動力部の動力で移動させても撮像部を容易に一体的に移動でき、第2保持部材を動力部の動力で移動させても照明部を容易に一体的に移動できる。例えば、被検査物の外面における全部または一部を囲むように、複数の撮像部が配置されるとともに照明部が配置される場合でも、第1保持部材を動力部の動力で移動させても前記複数の撮像部を容易に一体的に移動でき、第2保持部材を動力部の動力で移動させても前記照明部を容易に一体的に移動できる。 Such a surface inspection apparatus can easily move the imaging unit integrally even if the first holding member is moved by the power of the power unit, and the illumination unit can be moved even if the second holding member is moved by the power of the power unit. It can be easily and integrally moved. For example, even when a plurality of imaging units are arranged and an illumination unit is arranged so as to surround all or a part of the outer surface of the inspection object, even when the first holding member is moved by the power of the power unit, The plurality of imaging units can be easily and integrally moved, and the illumination unit can be easily and integrally moved even if the second holding member is moved by the power of the power unit.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、前記動力部は、前記第1保持部材を移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1動力源と、前記第2保持部材を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第2動力源とを備える。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and includes the power unit. Includes a first power source that generates a first power for moving the first holding member, and a second power source that generates a second power for moving the second holding member.
 このような表面検査装置は、第1および第2動力源を備えるので、撮像部と照明部とを個別に扱うことができる。 Since such a surface inspection apparatus includes the first and second power sources, the imaging unit and the illumination unit can be individually handled.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、前記第2保持部材は、前記第1保持部材に搭載され、前記動力部は、前記第1保持部材を移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1動力源と、前記第1保持部材に対して前記第2保持部材を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第2動力源とを備える。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection apparatus, the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and The holding member is mounted on the first holding member, and the power unit includes a first power source for generating a first power for moving the first holding member, and a second power source for the first holding member. 2) a second power source for generating a second power for moving the holding member.
 このような表面検査装置は、第2保持部材が第1保持部材に搭載されるので、被検査物に対し撮像部および照明部を移動させ易い。上記表面検査装置は、第1および第2動力源を備えるので、撮像部の移動動作と照明部の移動動作とを独立できる。 は In such a surface inspection apparatus, since the second holding member is mounted on the first holding member, it is easy to move the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object. Since the surface inspection device includes the first and second power sources, the moving operation of the imaging unit and the moving operation of the illumination unit can be independent.
 他の一態様では、これら上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向に移動させる。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a moving direction with respect to the inspection object, and moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit. The lighting unit is moved in the one direction along the moving direction.
 このような表面検査装置は、一方向のみに移動させるので、前記移動の際に運動する部材が一方向のみに運動することになり、安定的に運動できる。 Since such a surface inspection apparatus is moved only in one direction, the member that moves at the time of the movement moves only in one direction, and can move stably.
 他の一態様では、これら上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆方向に移動させる。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a moving direction with respect to the inspection object, and moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit. The lighting unit is moved in a direction opposite to the one direction along the moving direction.
 このような表面検査装置は、一方向および逆方向に移動させるので、一方向のみに移動させる場合に較べて、被検査物の被検査面全体を検査する場合における検査開始から検査終了までの総合移動量をより低減できる。 Since such a surface inspection apparatus is moved in one direction and in the opposite direction, compared with the case where the surface inspection apparatus is moved only in one direction, the total time from the start of the inspection to the end of the inspection when inspecting the entire inspection surface of the inspection object is compared. The moving amount can be further reduced.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記照明部および前記撮像部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させる際に前記照明部の移動に伴って前記撮像部を移動させる共連れ部材をさらに備え、前記動力部は、前記第2保持部材を移動させるための動力を生成する動力源を備える。 In another aspect, in the surface inspection apparatus described above, the moving unit moves the illumination unit and the imaging unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and performs the inspection. When the imaging unit and the illumination unit are moved relative to an object, the imaging unit further includes an entrainment member that moves the imaging unit along with the movement of the illumination unit, and the power unit moves the second holding member. Power source for generating the power of
 このような表面検査装置は、共連れ部材で照明部の移動に伴って撮像部を移動させるので、前記照明部を保持する第2保持部材を移動させるための動力を生成する動力源ひとつだけで済む。 Since such a surface inspection device moves the imaging unit with the movement of the illumination unit using the tailgating member, only one power source that generates power for moving the second holding member that holds the illumination unit is used. I'm done.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆方向に移動させる。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a movement direction with respect to the inspection object, and the illumination unit emits the illumination light to the imaging unit. The part is moved in a direction opposite to the one direction along the movement direction.
 このような表面検査装置は、一方向および逆方向に移動させるので、前記共連れ部材で照明部の移動に伴って撮像部を確実に移動させることができる。 Since such a surface inspection device is moved in one direction and in the opposite direction, the imaging unit can be surely moved by the tailgating member with the movement of the illumination unit.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記撮像部に対し前記被検査物を所定の距離ごとに移動させ、前記被検査物が前記所定の距離だけ移動した後ごとに、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を、前記被検査物の移動方向に沿った一方向および前記一方向とは逆方向に交互に移動させる。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection apparatus, the moving unit moves the inspection object at a predetermined distance with respect to the imaging unit, and after each movement of the inspection object by the predetermined distance. Then, the illumination unit is moved with respect to the imaging unit alternately in one direction along the moving direction of the inspection object and in a direction opposite to the one direction.
 このような表面検査装置は、前記移動部を備えるので、撮像部を固定できる。 表面 Since such a surface inspection apparatus includes the moving unit, the imaging unit can be fixed.
 他の一態様では、上述の表面検査装置において、前記被検査面は、前記被検査物の所定の移動方向に沿って互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備え、前記移動部は、前記被検査物を前記移動方向に移動させ、前記移動する前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部を前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記移動する前記被検査物における当該検査領域を撮像するように前記撮像部を移動させるとともに、前記移動する撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させる。好ましくは、上述の表面検査装置において、前記移動部は、前記被検査物を前記移動方向に移動させる移動機構と、前記撮像部を保持する第1保持部材と、前記照明部を保持する第2保持部材と、前記第1保持部材を移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1動力源と、前記第2保持部材を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第2動力源と、前記移動する前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部を前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記移動する前記被検査物における当該検査領域を撮像するように前記撮像部を移動させるとともに、前記移動する撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させる移動制御部とを備える。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection apparatus, the surface to be inspected includes a plurality of inspection areas different from each other along a predetermined moving direction of the object to be inspected. Moving in the movement direction, moving the imaging unit with respect to the moving inspection object so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection areas, and in each of the plurality of inspection areas, moving the inspection object. The imaging unit is moved so as to image the inspection area of the object, and the illumination unit is moved with respect to the moving imaging unit. Preferably, in the above-described surface inspection device, the moving unit moves the inspection object in the moving direction, a first holding member that holds the imaging unit, and a second holding unit that holds the illumination unit. A holding member, a first power source for generating a first power for moving the first holding member, a second power source for generating a second power for moving the second holding member, With respect to the inspection object to be inspected, the imaging unit is moved so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection regions, and in each of the inspection regions, an image of the inspection region in the moving inspection object is taken. And a movement control unit that moves the illumination unit with respect to the moving imaging unit.
 このような表面検査装置は、前記移動部を備えるので、ラインを移動する被検査物であっても、ラインの移動中に検査できる。 表面 Since such a surface inspection apparatus includes the moving unit, even an inspection object that moves on a line can be inspected while the line is moving.
 他の一態様では、これら上述の表面検査装置において、前記画像は、前記被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記被検査面それぞれを撮像することによって得られた複数である。 In another aspect, in the above-described surface inspection device, the image captures each of the inspection surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface. It is the plural obtained by that.
 このような表面検査装置は、互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された被検査面それぞれを撮像した複数の画像に基づいて表面状態を検査するので、欠陥として表面に生じた凹凸の検出能力を高めることができる。 Since such a surface inspection device inspects a surface state based on a plurality of images obtained by imaging each of the inspection surfaces illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of mutually different incident angles, unevenness generated on the surface as a defect is obtained. The detection ability can be improved.
 他の一態様にかかる表面検査方法は、被検査物の被検査面に照明部の照明光を照射して撮像部で前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する方法であって、前記照明光は、明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して生成され、前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる第1移動工程と、前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる第2移動工程とを備える。 A surface inspection method according to another aspect includes irradiating illumination light of an illumination unit to an inspection surface of an inspection object, and changing a surface state of the inspection surface based on an image of the inspection surface captured by an imaging unit. In the inspection method, the illumination light is generated by forming at least one set of a bright area and a dark area, and the illumination light relatively moves the inspection object, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit. A first movement step; and a second movement step of relatively moving the imaging unit and the illumination unit.
 このような表面検査方法は、被検査物と撮像部および照明部とを相対的に移動させる第1移動工程を備えるので、移動方向に交差する交差方向に複数の撮像部を備えても、前記移動方向における撮像部の個数を増加する必要がないので、撮像部の個数をより低減でき、前記交差方向に複数の撮像部を備えることで、検査時間をより低減できる。したがって、上記表面検査方法は、より高い倍率で撮像する前記手法が採用されても、撮像部の個数や検査時間をより低減できる。 Since such a surface inspection method includes a first movement step of relatively moving the object to be inspected, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit, even if a plurality of imaging units are provided in a direction crossing the movement direction, Since it is not necessary to increase the number of imaging units in the moving direction, the number of imaging units can be further reduced, and the inspection time can be further reduced by providing a plurality of imaging units in the cross direction. Therefore, in the above surface inspection method, the number of imaging units and the inspection time can be further reduced even if the above method of imaging at a higher magnification is adopted.
 この出願は、2018年7月26日に出願された日本国特許出願特願2018-140360を基礎とするものであり、その内容は、本願に含まれるものである。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-140360 filed on July 26, 2018, the contents of which are included in the present application.
 本発明の実施形態が詳細に図示され、かつ、説明されたが、それは単なる図例及び実例であって限定ではない。本発明の範囲は、添付されたクレームの文言によって解釈されるべきである。 While the embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described in detail, it has been presented by way of example only and not limitation. The scope of the invention should be construed in accordance with the language of the appended claims.
 本発明を表現するために、上述において図面を参照しながら実施形態を通して本発明を適切且つ十分に説明したが、当業者であれば上述の実施形態を変更および/または改良することは容易に為し得ることであると認識すべきである。したがって、当業者が実施する変更形態または改良形態が、請求の範囲に記載された請求項の権利範囲を離脱するレベルのものでない限り、当該変更形態または当該改良形態は、当該請求項の権利範囲に包括されると解釈される。 Although the present invention has been described above appropriately and sufficiently through the embodiments with reference to the drawings in order to express the present invention, it is easy for those skilled in the art to modify and / or improve the above-described embodiments. It should be recognized that it is possible. Therefore, unless a modification or improvement performed by those skilled in the art is at a level that departs from the scope of the claims set forth in the claims, the modification or the improvement will not be included in the scope of the claims. Is interpreted as being included in
 本発明によれば、被検査物における被検査面の表面状態を検査する表面検査装置および表面検査方法が提供できる。
 
 
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a surface inspection apparatus and a surface inspection method for inspecting a surface state of a surface to be inspected in an object to be inspected.

Claims (12)

  1.  被検査物の被検査面に照明光を照射して前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する表面検査装置であって、
     明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して前記照明光として照射する照明部と、
     前記被検査面を撮像して前記画像を生成する撮像部と、
     前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させ、前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる移動部とを備える、
     表面検査装置。
    A surface inspection device that inspects a surface state of the inspected surface based on an image obtained by irradiating illumination light on the inspected surface of the inspected object and capturing the inspected surface,
    An illumination unit that forms at least one set of a light area and a dark area and irradiates the light as the illumination light;
    An imaging unit that captures the surface to be inspected and generates the image;
    A moving unit that relatively moves the inspection object and the imaging unit and the illumination unit, and relatively moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit;
    Surface inspection equipment.
  2.  前記移動部は、前記撮像部を保持する第1保持部材と、前記照明部を保持する第2保持部材と、前記相対的に移動させるための動力を生成する動力部とを備える、
     請求項1に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit includes a first holding member that holds the imaging unit, a second holding member that holds the illumination unit, and a power unit that generates power for relatively moving.
    The surface inspection device according to claim 1.
  3.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、
     前記動力部は、前記第1保持部材を移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1動力源と、前記第2保持部材を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第2動力源とを備える、
     請求項2に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, and moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit.
    The power unit includes a first power source that generates a first power for moving the first holding member, and a second power source that generates a second power for moving the second holding member. ,
    The surface inspection device according to claim 2.
  4.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、
     前記第2保持部材は、前記第1保持部材に搭載され、
     前記動力部は、前記第1保持部材を移動させるための第1動力を生成する第1動力源と、前記第1保持部材に対して前記第2保持部材を移動させるための第2動力を生成する第2動力源とを備える、
     請求項2に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object, and moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit.
    The second holding member is mounted on the first holding member,
    The power unit generates a first power source for generating a first power for moving the first holding member, and generates a second power for moving the second holding member with respect to the first holding member. A second power source that performs
    The surface inspection device according to claim 2.
  5.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向に移動させる、
     請求項3または請求項4に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit in one direction along a movement direction with respect to the inspection object, and moves the illumination unit in the one direction along the movement direction with respect to the imaging unit. Let
    The surface inspection apparatus according to claim 3 or 4.
  6.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆方向に移動させる、
     請求項3または請求項4に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object in one direction along a moving direction, and the one direction along the movement direction with the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit. Move in the opposite direction,
    The surface inspection apparatus according to claim 3 or 4.
  7.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記照明部および前記撮像部を移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させ、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動させる際に前記照明部の移動に伴って前記撮像部を移動させる共連れ部材をさらに備え、
     前記動力部は、前記第2保持部材を移動させるための動力を生成する動力源を備える、
     請求項2に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the illumination unit and the imaging unit with respect to the inspection object, moves the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit, and moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object. In addition, a tailgating member that moves the imaging unit with the movement of the illumination unit, is further provided,
    The power unit includes a power source that generates power for moving the second holding member,
    The surface inspection device according to claim 2.
  8.  前記移動部は、前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部および前記照明部を移動方向に沿った一方向に移動させ、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を前記移動方向に沿った前記一方向とは逆方向に移動させる、
     請求項7に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the imaging unit and the illumination unit with respect to the inspection object in one direction along a moving direction, and the one direction along the movement direction with the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit. Move in the opposite direction,
    The surface inspection device according to claim 7.
  9.  前記移動部は、前記撮像部に対し前記被検査物を所定の距離ごとに移動させ、前記被検査物が前記所定の距離だけ移動した後ごとに、前記撮像部に対し前記照明部を、前記被検査物の移動方向に沿った一方向および前記一方向とは逆方向に交互に移動させる、
     請求項1に記載の表面検査装置。
    The moving unit moves the inspection object at a predetermined distance with respect to the imaging unit, and each time the inspection object moves by the predetermined distance, the illumination unit with respect to the imaging unit. One direction along the moving direction of the inspection object and the one direction are alternately moved in the opposite direction,
    The surface inspection device according to claim 1.
  10.  前記被検査面は、前記被検査物の所定の移動方向に沿って互いに異なる複数の検査領域を備え、
     前記移動部は、前記被検査物を前記移動方向に移動させ、前記移動する前記被検査物に対し前記撮像部を前記複数の検査領域それぞれに順次に位置するように移動させ、前記複数の検査領域それぞれにおいて、前記移動する前記被検査物における当該検査領域を撮像するように前記撮像部を移動させるとともに、前記移動する撮像部に対し前記照明部を移動させる、
     請求項1に記載の表面検査装置。
    The inspection surface includes a plurality of inspection regions different from each other along a predetermined movement direction of the inspection object,
    The moving unit moves the object to be inspected in the moving direction, and moves the imaging unit with respect to the moving object to be inspected so as to be sequentially positioned in each of the plurality of inspection regions. In each of the regions, the imaging unit is moved so as to image the inspection region in the moving inspection object, and the illumination unit is moved with respect to the moving imaging unit.
    The surface inspection device according to claim 1.
  11.  前記画像は、前記被検査面に対し互いに異なるタイミングに互いに異なる複数の入射角を持つ照明光で照明された前記被検査面それぞれを撮像することによって得られた複数である、
     請求項1ないし請求項10のいずれか1項に記載の表面検査装置。
    The image is a plurality obtained by imaging each of the inspection surface illuminated with illumination light having a plurality of different incident angles at different timings with respect to the inspection surface,
    The surface inspection apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  12.  被検査物の被検査面に照明部の照明光を照射して撮像部で前記被検査面を撮像した画像に基づいて前記被検査面の表面状態を検査する表面検査方法であって、
     前記照明光は、明領域と暗領域との組を少なくとも1つ形成して生成され、
     前記被検査物と前記撮像部および前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる第1移動工程と、
     前記撮像部と前記照明部とを相対的に移動させる第2移動工程とを備える、
     表面検査方法。
     
    A surface inspection method for inspecting a surface state of the inspection target surface based on an image obtained by imaging the inspection target surface with an imaging unit by irradiating illumination light of an illumination unit to the inspection target surface of the inspection target,
    The illumination light is generated by forming at least one set of a bright region and a dark region,
    A first moving step of relatively moving the inspection object, the imaging unit, and the illumination unit;
    A second movement step of relatively moving the imaging unit and the illumination unit,
    Surface inspection method.
PCT/JP2019/017990 2018-07-26 2019-04-26 Surface inspection device and surface inspection method WO2020021808A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020532169A JPWO2020021808A1 (en) 2018-07-26 2019-04-26 Surface inspection equipment and surface inspection method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018140360 2018-07-26
JP2018-140360 2018-07-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020021808A1 true WO2020021808A1 (en) 2020-01-30

Family

ID=69182173

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/017990 WO2020021808A1 (en) 2018-07-26 2019-04-26 Surface inspection device and surface inspection method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2020021808A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2020021808A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10267637A (en) * 1997-03-25 1998-10-09 Suzuki Motor Corp Surface defect inspection device
JP2000193601A (en) * 1998-12-28 2000-07-14 Suzuki Motor Corp Surface defect inspecting device
JP2002508071A (en) * 1997-07-18 2002-03-12 アウディ アーゲー Method for automatically recognizing body shell surface defects and apparatus for implementing the method
JP2012230005A (en) * 2011-04-26 2012-11-22 Fujitsu Ltd Defect inspection device and defect inspection method
JP3197766U (en) * 2015-03-17 2015-06-04 バイスリープロジェクツ株式会社 Surface inspection device
CN106767565A (en) * 2016-11-29 2017-05-31 浙江省计量科学研究院 One kind is used for brake block steel back plate plane degree automatic detection device and detection method
WO2017098071A1 (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Universidad De Zaragoza System and method for detecting defects in specular or semi-specular surfaces by means of photogrammetric projection

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10267637A (en) * 1997-03-25 1998-10-09 Suzuki Motor Corp Surface defect inspection device
JP2002508071A (en) * 1997-07-18 2002-03-12 アウディ アーゲー Method for automatically recognizing body shell surface defects and apparatus for implementing the method
JP2000193601A (en) * 1998-12-28 2000-07-14 Suzuki Motor Corp Surface defect inspecting device
JP2012230005A (en) * 2011-04-26 2012-11-22 Fujitsu Ltd Defect inspection device and defect inspection method
JP3197766U (en) * 2015-03-17 2015-06-04 バイスリープロジェクツ株式会社 Surface inspection device
WO2017098071A1 (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Universidad De Zaragoza System and method for detecting defects in specular or semi-specular surfaces by means of photogrammetric projection
CN106767565A (en) * 2016-11-29 2017-05-31 浙江省计量科学研究院 One kind is used for brake block steel back plate plane degree automatic detection device and detection method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2020021808A1 (en) 2021-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5863547B2 (en) Printed circuit board inspection equipment
CN101851849B (en) Automatic cloth inspecting machine
KR100827342B1 (en) Coordinates detection apparatus and subject inspection apparatus
US9804099B2 (en) Method and device for the detection in particular of refracting defects
US20190293566A1 (en) Automatic optical inspection device and method
WO2014201719A1 (en) Detecting apparatus and detecting method
WO2020021808A1 (en) Surface inspection device and surface inspection method
CN101881596B (en) Machine vision linear array testing device
CN208872675U (en) Tooth hole thread detection device and system
JP2014160013A (en) Nondestructive inspection apparatus
JP2016094094A (en) Vehicle underfloor inspection device
TWI509237B (en) Chip on glass bonding inspection apparatus
JP2011043504A (en) Method and apparatus for optical inspection of surface of object
JP2011149814A (en) Coating inspection device and coating inspection method
KR101799514B1 (en) Apparatus for Testing Display Panel
CN201809653U (en) Automatic cloth inspecting machine
JP7001421B2 (en) Methods and equipment for correcting material web misalignment in material web inspection
KR101260060B1 (en) Inspection equipment and method using the same
JP3189176U (en) Inspection device
CN219348675U (en) Detection device
JP2012194067A (en) Surface inspection device
CN101598678A (en) Photomultiplier pinhole detector
JP2021012042A (en) Imaging system
JP2004333356A (en) Inspection apparatus of painted surface for vehicle
JP2021018086A (en) Optical system design information management system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19840462

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020532169

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19840462

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1